universitatea spiru haret facultatea de management financiar

Transcription

universitatea spiru haret facultatea de management financiar
SPIRU HARET UNIVERSITY
FACULTY OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT CONSTANTA
BACHELOR GUIDE
2012-2015
Bachelor's degree program:
> MANAGEMENT
SPIRU HARET UNIVERSITY– 2012
On 19th of January 1991, based on prof. PhD. Aurelian Gh Bondrea initiative,
ROMANIA DE MÂINE FOUNDATION and, in this context, Spiru Haret University,
were founded according to the Law for legal no. 21/1924 and according to proceeding
concluded on 19th of January 1991. According to Art. 7 of the Statute of România de
Mâine Foundation, approved by the Constitutive General Assembly, purpose and
objectives are achieved through its specialized institutions, which organize and carry out,
under the provisions of law, education, science and culture activities.
The Civil Sentence no. 109 of 12th of February 1991, issued by District 1,
Bucharest Court, accept the application for registration of România de Mâine Foundation
in the Register of Associations and Foundations, thereby becoming a legal entity of
private law. Law no. 443 of July 5, 2002, published in Official Gazette no. 491 of July 9,
2002, establish that Spiru Haret University is "higher education institution, legal person
of private law and public part of the national education system." According to the Statute
of România de Mâine Foundation and the Charter Spiru Haret University, President of
România de Mâine Foundation was the president of the University Senate.
Article 116 (1) of that Act provides that, management structures and functions of
private universities, powers, the constitution, term of office and teachers' age limits are
set by the Charter of the University. Final decisions in this regard, the university back.
"Law no. 480/2006 for the amendment and completion of Law no. 84/1995, republished,
stipulates in art. 116 (2) that" may establish private universities as president the
university officer with responsibilities established by the Charter of the University ".
Under the provisions of the law, the decision Spiru Haret University Senate, dated
January 24, 2007, adopted unanimously, President of România de Mâine Foundation,
president of the University Senate, and elected rector of the university, President of Spiru
Haret University with quality officer. Spiru Haret University, as private higher education
institution accredited university, holds bachelor and master, fully framed guidelines
Bologna Charter, which is a signatory, and the curricula of European Higher Education
Area.
Spiru Haret University cultivates scientific and cultural values of national and
universal, assuming the teaching and research mission consisting of:
a) The training of specialists with a higher level of education, ensuring their professional
qualifications that will give them a real chance to compete in the free market of labor;
b) Development of scientific research, stimulate creative thinking and forces, harnessing
scientific multilateral creative process of art, sports, etc.
To accomplish its mission, the University has established the following
objectives:
a) creating and organizing the institutional structures necessary for teaching, learning,
assessment, scientific research relevant performance requirements of higher education
institutions;
b) continued modernization of the educational process by improving study programs, in
close correlation with the progress of the knowledge society, the requirements of
economic and social life;
c) Taking the principle of quality in all the work done in the University;
2
d) development of scientific research through full involvement of teachers, researchers
and students and building partnerships in this field with universities, scientific research,
economic and social units etc. at home and abroad;
e) Self / periodic evaluation of teaching or scientific research, taking into account
standards and performance indicators to ensure quality of education and research;
f) Promotion and development of national and international mobility programs for
students, teachers and researchers;
g) A strategic institutional management, efficient and transparent;
h) To educate students in the spirit of respect for human rights and fundamental
freedoms, dignity, mutual understanding, tolerance and cooperation;
i) Maintaining professional and scientific relations with university graduates;
j) Affirming scientific performance of members of the academic community nationally
and internationally;
k) the expansion and diversification of institutional cooperation nationally and
internationally;
l) ensuring funding sources, consolidation, expansion and continued modernization of the
material, their judicious and efficient management.
Spiru Haret University policy is future-oriented and student, meaning that:
offers young people the chance of a higher training in conditions allowing their recovery
capabilities and inclinations; puts emphasis on those areas and specializations bachelor,
master and areas for doctoral studies, particularly for young people are interested and
meet current and future needs of Romania; realizes a higher education dynamic, able to
integrate operational in university curricula and educational programs, gains significant
new global, knowledge and culture; capitalize advanced traditions of Romanian
education and contributions to science and culture; promotes interdisciplinary in the
process of education and scientific research; education provides a formative one capable
of delivering future graduates upgrade their skills to specialized training and general
education.
Currently, Spiru Haret University has in its structure a number of 25 faculties, 51
undergraduate study programs, all accredited or approved, and 58 postgraduate masters
programs, operating in accordance with the law. Under the provisions of the National
Education Law no. 1/2011, as amended and supplemented, the structure function Spiru
Haret University, in addition to full time, contains part-time forms of education and
distance forms of education (discontinued in 2009). Extent that acquired form of distance
education was part of the current trend manifested in developed countries where parallel
work, citizens continue training throughout life, but also the need to improve upper
young employees.
Currently, in the University structure are found 25 faculties and 25 departments
involved in the production, transmission and verifying knowledge base of university
activities according to the mission that has assumed. University has 5 locations in
Bucharest, which operates 14 faculties and in five major urban centers in Romania
operates 11 other universities. This modern form of ongoing learning process, preparation
and assessment has a great infrastructure consisting of 6,500 high-end computers in labs
in the country and in Bucharest, with continuous connection to the Internet and
Blackboard assessment program used in major universities in developed countries. With
accreditation of Spiru Haret University, were organized specializations accredited or
3
authorized by the Ministry of Education, university programs in the 25 existing faculties
in Bucharest, Brasov, Campulung-Muscel, Constanta, Craiova and Ramnicu-Valcea.
Experience in organizing and conducting undergraduate studies shows ability of
teachers, departments and faculty councils to design and develop undergraduate curricula
in the fields requested. Students who have attended these programs are considered useful
for work and acquired knowledge that has facilitated capacity building and new skills, he
developed an interest in systematic scientific research.
Organization and managerial activity in Spiru Haret University based National
Education Law no. 1/2011 and Spiru Haret University Charter, which stipulates how
(principles and rules) for the operation of the University, component structures
(departments, faculties, boards, offices, etc.), The powers and responsibilities of each and
their interrelations. In Spiru Haret University are recognized and generally accepted rules
and principles of education in Europe. The Spiru Haret University is leading a
management team whose responsibility is even the President and Rector. Also, all
management structures work in teams and actively involved in achieving objectives and
troubleshooting. The University is organized according to law faculties, departments and
other structures (functional services and technology centers). University management is
provided by the University Senate and Senate between meetings of the Board, chaired by
the President of the University structure - officer.
Within the management structure of the university and the legal provisions, the
decisions of the Senate were founded and operates the following functional departments:
Department of Quality Management, Department for Education and Distance low
frequency, Department of Scientific Research masters and PhD, Department of Teacher
Training, Department of Specialized Languages, IT Department, Centre for Languages
and Counseling Center and Career Guidance. Departments are headed by a director.
The Senate Committees and Councils specialized functions. Networked flexible structure
allowed Spiru Haret University to eliminate some traditional barriers, restricting access
to university studies in Romania: mobility, social costs and occupational barriers,
facilitating student-focused application management and default management
performance.
However, Spiru Haret University joined the ideals and principles enshrined in the
Magna Charta Universitatum adopted at Bologna in 1988. President and Rector signed in
September 2005 in Bologna, this Charter, pledging on behalf of Spiru Haret University,
to respect and promote fundamental university values and rights contained in this policy
document. University structures with those of Romania of Tomorrow Foundation works
as a body fitly that prints all community members accountable for compliance with basic
criteria set out in the Charter of the University, namely: professional competence, dignity,
fairness and loyalty. Faculties are led by the Dean of the Faculty Council and have full
autonomy on decentralization and individual and collective responsibility principle
governing the whole activity.
At the institutional level, operates Quality Management Department (QMD), with
a mission to constantly monitor how to comply with the law, the University Charter,
Code of Ethics, regulations and methodologies, procedures for internal evaluation and
quality assurance. Strategic objectives and quality procedures approved in the University
Senate are learned and applied by all members of the academic community Spiru Haret
University. Annually, Quality Management Department (QMD) present the Senate an
4
internal evaluation report and quality assurance and program actions that lead to
continuous improvement in all areas of teaching and research. Spiru Haret University is
working towards fostering a culture of quality, promoting and supporting quality
standards in education and research. Best practices and unsuccessful experiences are
shared by all members of the academic community, contributing to a culture of
excellence.
University meets the requirements and standards, but has defined specific
standards. There is also a Board of Ethics, Code of Ethics oriented Spiru Haret
University. Through a sustained policy of recruitment, training, promotion of staff, Spiru
Haret University has provided a valuable their teachers, able to cover the scientific and
applied theoretical level high teaching all the plans of education. In our faculty, staff
policy pursued legal provisions concerning higher education, which led to the
achievement of accreditation standards specializations and the classification, time base of
professional value-oriented and scientific experience and teaching.
Currently, the University has the required number of teachers own assigned time
base capable of providing high quality training and education to engage students and to
current standards, scientific research. In the academic year 2012-2013, the situation of
teachers in the University, as evidenced by the Member of functions and staff is as
follows:
• Total number of employees: 1,423
• Total number of employees - teachers: 833 (729 full-time teachers and 104 teaching
staff based associate)
• Number of employees - teachers’ auxiliary secretariats, libraries, laboratories, technical
services and administrative staff: 590
In Spiru Haret University a number of 401 teachers possess a Ph.D. and a total of
218 teachers are Ph.D. students, many of whom currently completing a doctoral thesis.
Young cadres, most of them, have a Master’s Degree and have completed teacher
training module (DTT). Teacher evaluation is done annually (in December) on the basis
of standards and quality indicators. As a signatory of the Magna Charta Universitatum
(2005), the University has made efforts to implement the Bologna process: structuring the
university on three levels - Bachelor, Master, Doctorate (BMD) - a period of 3 (4), 2 and
3 years and switching to credit transfer system, the number of 60 credits transferable to a
year of study. There have been constant efforts to restructure the university curricula,
improving credit system (ECTS), quality of education, content, methods of teaching and
assessment of student preparation, shifting emphasis on customer / student transition
from input indicators to indicators output quality etc.
Educational activities of the University are considering the requirements of
modern society based on knowledge and information technology. In this context, the
University aims to: increase the volume, structure and quality of the students reflected in
new paradigms, theories and educational concepts, development and implementation of
interdisciplinary scientific knowledge, correlation studies content requirements arising
from economic restructuring, political and social contemporary, new forms of
organization of social life in Romania, the dynamics of professions and occupations at
national and European level.
And graduate students are provided the following resource categories: printed
book publishing and printing provided by România de Mâine Foundation, issued advice
5
provided by TV H2O own TV and radio station, Radio H2O, Blackboard e-learning
platform, supported a suitably equipped computer, a rich fund of literature books at home
and abroad, newspapers and magazines in the library faculty.
România de Mâine Foundation and Spiru Haret University have a publishing
house, a laboratory for typing and complex art digital printing. Fundației România de
Mâine Publishing House has published a number of 264 academic books in 2011 and 158
units in 2012, thus ensuring coverage of all textbooks and curricula in the near future, the
master’s program. Purchase of two complete printing lines, using the latest digital
technology (full color and black and white Xerox OCE) allows printing in a short time a
large number of books and manuals. The advantage of modern lines is the ability to print,
based on the book content stored on CD-ROM, a variable number of copies, according to
the existing demand without copy price may change. In typography university work, also
a line modern printing technique using priplay, laser print plate. These technologies
provide a guarantee of exceptional quality printed products and satisfying all
requirements of university books coming from students. Printed resources that is
accessible to all categories of students and masters, regardless of their income by
promoting appropriate price strategy, subsidizing 30% of the purchase of books.
TVH2O launched programs with didactic (show Amphitheatre), issued advice that
the contribution of teachers, provide students and masters significant volume of
information, audio-visual element contributing to a more rapid assimilation of
knowledge. Daily TVH2O program, reported counseling 12 hours broadcast so that it can
be watched as many students. In making these programs involved over 22 teachers each
week, covering all specialties. To support students and ensure a clear and unequivocal
faculty secretariat has been implemented management system and teaching students
based on UMS solution, integrated with all other systems used in the University.
Modern e-learning system Blackboard, the university purchased in 2006, allows
the use of Internet and computers to conduct educational process. Blackboard fully meet
the quality standards of education, is an integrated system that provides synchronous
communication and asynchronous with students and masters. Blackboard is used by over
4,790 educational institutions and organizations around the world and increase the
number of users 49.5% demonstrates how powerful this system is to assist the
educational process computer.
Computer Network (6500), connected to Internet through three different
connections (UPC, Romtelecom and RDS), operates continuously and offers the
possibility of conducting online teaching, and evaluation of computer organization at all
levels of education in all curricula. Possibilities of creating teaching materials in
Blackboard are many, is extremely attractive graphical user, images, sounds because
software program performance. Courses may be submitted in paper format, audio or
audio-video files and interface, very friendly, not user creates difficulties even less
experienced. To ensure ongoing communication with students directly to the secretariat,
was purchased recently and was put into operation CISCO IP telephony system.
Implementation in 2009 of Polycom video conferencing system over the Internet,
VPN, allows, in addition, modernization of teaching, providing audio-video link between
any of the teachers and their students. Scientific research of Spiru Haret University aims:
integration into the European Research Area D and innovation, continuous improvement
of the quality of scientific research in accordance with the requirements of modern higher
6
education in Europe, and the development of pragmatic relations between education research and community in ultimately benefit.
Spiru Haret University scientific research is conducted in accordance with the
research strategy for 2007-2013 (updated in March 2012), approved by the Senate. This
falls under the guidelines of the National Plan for Research Innovation Development
2007-2013 (GD no. 475/2007) and the National Strategy for Sustainable Development of
Romania. Spiru Haret University was certified by ANCS and CNCSIS decision no. 9692
of 4th of July 2008 to conduct scientific research and is currently in the process of
accreditation documentation requirements nationally. Also recently, Spiru Haret
University, the Central Scientific Research Institute, enrolled in the register CORDIS FP7
(EU), which allows the University to participate and to access funding for European
research projects in partnership with other scientific bodies in Member States of the
European Union. In 2009 revenues were derived from research and scientific advice
worth 800,000 euro. Also, there were 40 projects submitted for funding scientific
research and scientific consulting contracts. Of these, 28 are projects submitted for
financing from European funds within the ESF Program.
Management, deployment, monitoring and evaluation of scientific research is
carried out on three organizational and operational levels: The first level, the strategic
management is provided by the Scientific Research Council and the Department of
Scientific Research Master and Doctorate (DCSMD) quarterly reporting Senate Spy
Haret, The second level of operational and executive management is provided by the
Central Institute for Scientific Research and the 30 research centers accredited by Spiru
Haret University Senate (which is the "nucleus" technical performing complex collective,
intra-and interdisciplinary nature especially applied - contractual) The third level,
executive management, returns faculties and departments and shall, in particular, basic
scientific research. Actual scientific research is carried out in laboratories and offices of
the faculties, equipped with apparatus, libraries and other facilities necessary
documentation of scientific research, and in some cases specific laboratories equipped
with scientific testing equipment (Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, Geography, the
Mathematics and Computer Science, Sociology-Psychology, Faculty of Letters and so
on).
Yearly (in December), each teacher is evaluated according to scientific research
plan of the department and the DCSMD and classification is performed based on internal
research faculty. It was also invested in the training of officers and directors with
scientific research centers to acquire the necessary knowledge of writing and
administration of projects financed from European funds and funding opportunities were
extended research projects, including develop cooperation with private companies and
local authorities.
Funding Science in Spiru Haret University is based on four levels:
1. a percentage of 30% of salary each teacher is dedicated to supporting scientific
research individual. The annual fund is about 9 million;
2. A special fund of one million euros annually, approved by the Senate Spiru Haret
University, dedicated to funding research projects aimed at improving the scientific
content of the particular university and educational system in general;
7
3. The amounts of applied scientific research (contract) Grant / European type projects
(FP7, Erasmus, Leonardo da Vinci, COST, ESF, etc.) or national (Romanian Academy,
CNCSIS, NASR etc.).
4. contracts with various private and public partners.
In recent years, Spiru Haret University has conducted over 100 research contracts
funded both national and European level. In this respect it should be noted that took place
10 type grant projects funded by CNCSIS, and now menus four (three of over two million
lei, the Faculty of Geography and one of about 600,000 lei, the Faculty of Architecture in
partnership). Although small amounts, there are over 50 contracts which Spiru Haret
University collaborates with local communities, local authorities - municipalities,
professional organizations, and the private business environment research and scientific
advice.
Each year, Spiru Haret University has 15 annals and different magazines on
specialization. All are accredited CNCSIS and quotations from D to B +. However, three
scientific journals, edited by faculties of economics, have been reviewed by CNCSIS in
category B +. Spiru Haret University has developed and strengthened year by year, the
own material, so far, has 37 buildings with an area of over 135,660 m², deploying, under
optimum conditions of the education process, the scientific research, cultural, educational
and sport in Bucharest, Constanta, Campulung-Muscel, Craiova, Brasov, RamnicuValcea. For the purposes of teaching and research, the University has 108 classrooms and
lecture halls, seminar rooms 480, over 130 laboratories etc. and the Central Institute for
Scientific Research.
Substantial investments have been made for the purchase of next-generation
computers (10,000 pieces), advanced equipment for book publishing (publishing and
topography own), appliance for proper functioning of the equipment and its own
television station TV H2O (national post graduate and culture, only with this profile in
broadcasting in our country). Television Romania of Tomorrow transmits specialized
education programs and programs with scientific, cultural, and educational and sports
university information, the public interest. In Spiru Haret University operates 19 libraries
(in Bucharest and in the country in addition to university faculties, which have over
150,000 books (mostly textbooks, lectures, treatises and books), magazines and
newspapers and 21 specialized reading rooms . During the academic year 2000-2001 was
put into service a modern multifunctional complex România de Mâine Foundation and
the Spiru Haret University Student Club: for the same purpose, similar arrangements
were made in Brasov and Câmpulung-Muscel. Shelters of University are located in
Bucharest, totaling over 1,200 seats.
University offers students excellent conditions for practicing sports in the sports
complex, located on 104, Berceni Road, and includes: a stadium with a capacity of
10,000 seats, football, tennis, volleyball, handball and basketball. In order to develop the
optimum base their materials, the draft România de Mâine Academic and Cultural
Complex, which will be located on Văcăreşti and Tineretului Blvd., where will be built in
the coming years, a new building University, a university hospital clinic, a conference
center, a hotel, hostel for students, a 4-star hotel for visiting Professors.
8
9
METHODOLOGY
ORGANIZING AND CONDUCTING ADMISSION BACHELOR CYCLE FOR
ACADEMIC YEAR 2012-2013
In accordance with the National Education Law no. 1/2011,
In accordance with Law no. 288/2004 on the organization of university studies,
Under the provisions O.M.E.C.T.S. no. 3313/23.02.2012 on the general
organization and development cycles admission to undergraduate studies, master's and
doctoral academic year 2012-2013,
According to the provisions of the Charter Spiru Haret University,
According to the general methodology for organizing and conducting admission to
undergraduate academic studies for the academic year 2012 - 2013 Spiru Haret
University
Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management Constanta approves the
following methodology:
I. ORGANIZATION OF ADMISSION
Article 1 The course is organized undergraduate fields of study.
Article 2 (1) Admission in Spiru Haret University is organized by fields of
undergraduate study, the following specializations / accredited study programs:
- Accounting and Management Information Systems (FT - full time);
- Finance and Banking (FT - full time and PT - part time);
- Management (FT - full time).
(2) Establishment formations majors study / curriculum is by expressing options to
selected candidates, taking into account the strategic plan of the University.
Article 3 admission for the academic year 2012-2013 is organized for study programs /
specializations included in the regulations.
Article 4 For the academic year 2012-2013, for admission to undergraduate study cycle
runs from June to September 2012, according to the timetable presented in this
methodology.
Article 5 Conditions and documents required for enrollment, including enrollment
figures are brought to the attention of the candidates, as appropriate, under this
methodology, through media, through leaflets, posted at the Faculty of Accounting and
Financial Management Constanta – notice board, on 32-34, Unirii Street , and on the
website at www.spiruharet.ro
Article 6 (1) For the smooth conduct of the entrance examination consists, in the Faculty
of Financial Management and Accounting Constanta admission committee consisting of
at least three teachers appointed by the Dean and approved by the faculty council. It also
appeals committee is composed of 3 teachers.
(2) Appointment of admissions and appeals committee decision is made by the rector
Spiru Haret University.
II. CANDIDATES FOR ADMISSION
Article 7 Can apply for admission to higher education, undergraduate academic studies,
10
and high school graduates with a baccalaureate degree or equivalent diploma.
May apply also nationals of Member States of the European Union, Member of the
European Economic Area and the Swiss Confederation on the same terms provided by
law for Romanian citizens, including the tuition fees. Recognition studies performed by
them outside Romania will be done by the specialist of the Ministry of Education before
enrolling candidates for admission, each applicant being required to submit to the
examination session, certificate of recognition of studies.
Foreign nationals are required to present a certificate of linguistic competence for
Romanian, issued by institutions authorized by the Ministry of National Education. The
same condition also applies for transfer students from accredited higher education
institutions which, by law, have the right to educate foreigners and are recognized by the
Romanian state. In case the student is transferring from a foreign university, it must be
recognized by the Romanian state.
Article 8 Required registration documents for admission are:
- Baccalaureate diploma (diploma equivalent to it), original certificate issued by the
school or the original for candidates who have passed the baccalaureate in 2012
(certificate of graduate school can make the copy for the candidate which falls on
admission original certificate is filed in a different folder for admission, accompanied by
a certificate that certifies that). Graduation certificate must include the overall average in
the baccalaureate, averages of years of study, the validity and the words that have been
issued high school diploma.
- Copy of transcript;
- Birth certificate, copy (photocopy);
- Marriage certificate (if applicable), copy (photocopy);
- Medical certificate type;
- Copy of ID card / identity, including personal identification number;
- 3 type photo ID;
- Certified copy of high school diploma, accompanied by certificate issued by faculty
who are high school diploma, original (for those who are second degree);
- An envelope file.
Article 9 (1) Admission registration fee is 100 RON and it is made public by posting on
the website and on the faculty notice board, on 32-34, Unirii Street, Constanta.
(2) Children Teacher in operation, pensioners and unemployed children, dependent
parents, are exempt from the fee for enrollment.
This feature is provided:
- Teacher candidates be under a certificate issued by the school where working parent /
parents;
- Candidates be retired in the last month pension certificate.
- Candidates be unemployed, unemployed in the coupon last month.
Article 10 The registration and admission is conducted at the Faculty of Accounting and
Financial Management Constanta, 32-34, Unirii Street, and the university support centers.
Article 11 For each candidate included in admission, faculty will collect data in the Data
Annex to the survey questionnaire.
III. CONDUCT AND OUTCOME ADMISSION
11
Article 12 (1) Admission of candidates in first year undergraduate in the Faculty of
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta is strictly seats spread across majors /
programs of study, as follows:
- Accounting and Management Information Systems (accredited program): FT - 150
students;
- Finance and Banking (accredited program): FT - 100 students;
- Finance and Banking (accredited program): PT - 200 students;
- Management (accredited program): FT - 75 students.
(2) Admission of candidates in first year undergraduate in the Faculty of Accounting and
Financial Management Constanta runs from 18.06 - 30.09.2012 and conduct the
following steps:
1. The registration of candidates - from 18.06 - 12.08.2012
- A candidate becomes eligible for admission registration after payment, the cashier
Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management Constanta, of the entry fee (or the
necessary documents certifying the conditions for exemption from the registration fee).
- The case of the entry contains the documents listed in Article 8 of this Methodology and
receipt proving the payment of registration (or certification documents necessary
conditions for exemption from the registration fee)
- Candidates with a completed application file, check the admissions committees are
considered enrolled and participate in the entrance examination.
2. Contest entry - period 18.06 - 12.08.2012
- After obtaining the right to participate in the entrance examination, candidates will
complete a questionnaire and leaflet questionnaire annex to plug the data needed for
school register Unique in to score, under signature, all data required in those forms. Any
error or omission in completing these documents, intentional or unintentional falls under
the responsibility of the candidate, the bear consequences arising from errors or
omissions;
- Sheet-questionnaire signed by the teacher present when filling in the questionnaire and
will be analyzed and validated with the concurrence of the candidate file, the admissions
committee.
- The admission examines candidates' answers to the questionnaire, according to the
evaluation form and the admission committee decide candidates pass / fail, as
appropriate;
- The admission draw results list of the entrance examination in which candidates are
charted according to the following criteria:
• The overall average obtained baccalaureate;
If after applying these two steps are candidates that cannot be differentiated, apply the
following criterion-out:
• Note the sample "Mathematics" in the baccalaureate examination.
This tie is envisaged not to exceed the number of students assigned to each specialization
/ study program.
3. Showing results entrance examination - 13.08.2012
12
- Admission results be communicated by posting on the bulletin board on the website of
the faculty and faculty www.spiruharet.ro
- A candidate may be admitted and enrolled as a student more than two degree programs
simultaneously, regardless of the schools they offer.
4. Filing complaints - 13.08 - 15.08.2012
- Candidates declared rejected can lodge complaints within 48 hours after the results.
They are resolved within 24 hours and posted to the faculty and the faculty website
www.spiruharet.ro
- The decision of appeals is final.
5. Registration of candidates - 15.08 - 30.08.2012
- Faculty will return, after the final results, within 48 hours of application and
unconditional, without charging fees, records unsuccessful candidates or those who drop
obtained at admission.
- Candidates who are declared admitted Spiru Haret University, Faculty of Accounting
and Financial Management Constanta obliged to pay within 10 days (until 25/08/2012
on) tuition (first installment / full). Otherwise lose their contest acquired after admission.
6. Session II of the entrance examination
- If the enrollment period (18.06 - 08.12.2012) occupied all the seats were not available
or successful candidates did not meet the deadline for paying tuition, Faculty prices will
continue enrollment for the next period, respectively 13.08 - 23.09.2012;
- Candidates enrolled in this period will go through the same steps of the entrance
examination according to the following schedule:
13.08 - 23.09.2012 - registration of candidates;
13.08 - 23.09.2012 - entrance examination;
24.09.2012 - displaying the results of the entrance examination;
24.09 - 26.09.2012 - filing complaints
26.09 - 30.09.2012 - registration of candidates.
Article 13 (1) Registration of admitted candidates from entrance examination is by Spiru
Haret University Rector's decision.
(2) After the registration of students are enrolled in the school register as a unique, valid
for the entire period of schooling specialization / study program which was admitted.
Article 14 Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management Constanta has overall
responsibility for the organization and conduct of the entrance examination in
undergraduate studies.
Article 15 This methodology regarding the organization of admission to the
undergraduate academic studies for the academic year 2012-2013 at the Faculty of
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta was approved in the Faculty Council at
its meeting of June 18, 2012.
Associate Professor Dragos Mihai Ipate
Dean, Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
13
LIST OF FACULTIES, FIELDS AND SPECIALIZATIONS ORGANIZING
BACHELOR ADMISSION TO THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2012-2013
According to the National Education Law no. 1/2011, and the Government Decision
no.707/2012 approving the Fields, structures and institutions of higher education
specializations / programs accredited undergraduate studies or provisional authorization
held by them.
Faculties
Field of undergraduate
study
Faculty of Mathematics and Mathematics
Informatics, Bucharest
Informatics
Faculty of Geography,
Geography
Bucharest
Curricula / specializations
accredited (A) or provisional
authorization (PA)
Mathematics
Informatics
Geography
Geography of tourism
English Language and Literature Modern Languages and Literatures
(French, German, Spanish, Italian,
Russian) / Classical (Latin)
French Language and Literature Modern Languages and Literatures
(English, German, Spanish, Italian,
Russian) / Classical (Latin)
Language and
Modern Languages and Literature
Faculty of Letters, Bucharest
Literature
(English, French) - Modern
Languages and Literature (Arabic)
Modern Languages and Literature
(English, French) - Modern
Languages and Literature
(Japanese)
Romanian Language and Literature
- A Foreign Languages (English,
French)
International Relations International Relations and
Faculty of International
and European Studies European Studies
Relations, History and
Philosophy, Bucharest
History
History
Faculty of Law and Public
Administration, Bucharest
Faculty of Law and Public
Administration, Constanţa
Faculty of Law and Public
Administration, Craiova
Faculty of Law and Public
Administration, Râmnicu
Vâlcea
Faculty of Law and
Administration, Brasov
Faculty of Sociology -
Law
Administrative
sciences
Law
Administrative
sciences
Law
Administrative
sciences
Law
Law
Administrative
sciences
Law
Sociology
Public Administration
Form of Number of
study
credits
FT
FT
FT, DL
FT, PT
180
180
180
180
FT
180
FT
180
FT
180
FT
180
FT, PT
180
FT, DL,
PT
FT, DL,
PT
FT, PT
180
180
240
FT
180
FT, PT
240
Public Administration
FT
180
Law
FT
240
Public Administration
FT
180
Law
FT
240
FT, PT
180
FT
FT
240
180
Law
Public Administration
Law
Sociology
14
Faculties
Field of undergraduate
study
Psychology, Bucharest
Faculty of Psychology and
Pedagogy, Brasov
Faculty of Journalism and
Communication Studies,
Bucharest
Faculty of Finance and
Banking, Bucharest
Faculty of Accounting and
Financial Management,
Bucureşti
Psychology
Psychology
Educational sciences
Faculty of Accounting and
Financial Management,
Constanţa
Accounting
Faculty of Accounting and
Financial Management,
Craiova
Communication
sciences
Finance
Accounting
Management
Finance
Management
Accounting
Curricula / specializations
accredited (A) or provisional
authorization (PA)
Psychology
Psychology
Pedagogy
Journalism
Communication and public
relations
Finance and Banking
Accounting and management
information systems
Management
Accounting and management
information systems
Finance and Banking
Management
Accounting and management
information systems
Finance and Banking
Finance
Economics and
International business
international business
Faculty of Accounting and
Accounting and management
Accounting
Finance, Râmnicu Vâlcea
information systems
Faculty of Accounting and
Accounting and management
Accounting
Finance, Câmpulung Muscel
information systems
Faculty of Management,
Braşov
Faculty of Marketing and
International Business,
Bucharest
Faculty of Arts, Bucharest
Faculty of Architecture,
Bucharest
Faculty of Physical
Education and Sport,
Bucharest
Faculty of veterinary
medicine, Bucharest
Management
Management
Accounting
Accounting and management
information systems
Marketing
Marketing
Economics and
International business
international business
Theater
Performing arts (Acting)
Music
Music education
Form of Number of
study
credits
FT
FT
FT
FT, PT
180
180
180
180
FT
180
FT, DL,
PT
FT, DL,
PT
FT
180
180
180
FT
180
FT, PT
FT
180
180
FT, PT
180
FT, PT
180
FT
180
FT, PT
180
FT, PT
180
FT, DL,
PT
FT, DL,
PT
FT, DL,
PT
180
180
180
FT
180
FT
FT, PT
180
180
Architecture
FT
360
Physical education and sport
Physical education and
sport
Physical therapy and special motion
FT, PT
180
FT
180
FT
360
Architecture
Veterinary medicine
Veterinary medicine
15
CALENDAR OF 2012-2013 ACADEMIC YEAR
Spiru Haret University
Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management, Constanţa
STRUCTURE OF THE 2012-2013 ACADEMIC YEAR
Ist SEMESTER
FT and PT courses
• Monday 1 October 2010 Opening of the new academic year **
• 01.X.2012 Monday - Friday 18.I.2013 teaching activities
• Monday 24.XII.2012 - Sunday 06.I.2013 Christmas and New Year Holidays
• Monday 21.I.2013 - Sunday 10.II.2013 winter session exams (semestrulI)
• Monday-Friday 11.II.2013 17.II.2013 Winter Holidays
• Monday-Friday 11.II.2013 17.II.2013 license exams and dissertation session
IInd SEMESTER
FT and PT courses
• 18.II.2013(Monday)-31.V.2013(Friday): teaching activities
• 02.V.2013(Thursday) - 08.V.2013(Wednesday): Easter Holiday
• 20.V.2013(Monday) - 31.V.2013(Friday): summer session exams for years terminal
• 03.VI.2013(Monday) - 07. VI 2013(Friday) summer session exams for years nonterminal (Ist semester and IInd semester)
• 10.VI.2013(Monday) - 14. VI 2013(Friday): session for final year credits and
differences
• 03.VI.2013(Monday) - 29.VI.2013(Saturday): summer exam session (IIIrd semester)
• 19.VII.2013(Monday) - 01.VII.2013(Friday): session graduation license exams and
dissertation (summer)
• 01.VII.2013(Monday ) - 01.IX.2013(Friday): Summer Holidays
• 02.IX.2013(Monday ) - 11.IX.2013(Wednesday): winter session exams * (the rest of
first half and second half of current year)
• 14.IX.2013(Saturday) - 22.IX.2013(Sunday): review session, credits and year
differences for non-terminal, previous promotions (pay examination)
Note:
• The general structure of the 2012-2013 academic year will be adapted to the specifics of each license
area, within the periods specified above, taking into account, in all cases, the rules ARACIS on teaching
activities and the organization of practice, including the preparation of the elaboration of the license for it
(2 weeks.).
• On June 1-2 2013, June 8-9 2013, September 12-13 2013, process notes in Blackboard and import them
into the application UMS.
• On days declared public holidays are not organized activity or survey didiactice (Friday, November 30,
2012, Saturday, December 1, 2012, Tuesday, December 25, 2012, Wednesday, December 26, 2012,
January 1 2013, Wednesday, Jan. 2, 2013, Wednesday, May 1, 2013, Sunday May 5, 2013, Monday, May
6, 2013, Sunday, June 23, 2013, Monday, June 24, 2013, Thursday, August 15, 2013).
* In this session students will take the test years I, II, III (Law) and IV, V (Veterinary Medicine and
Architecture).
16
PRESENTING THE FACULTY OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT, CONSTANTA
Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management, Constanţa
32-34, Unirii Street, Constanţa
Phone: 0241.541.490
Dean: Associate Professor PhD. Dragoş Mihai Ipate
Vice-dean: Associate Professor PhD. Octav Neguriţă
Department Director: Associate Professor PhD. Pârvu Iuliana
Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management, Constanţa works academic
year - based on three specializations accredited (Accounting and Management
Information Systems, Finance and Banking, Management), according to Law.
443/05.07.2002, which was accredited Spiru Haret University, and by the G.D. no.
944/29.08.2002, published in the Official Gazette, Part I, no. 675/11.09.2002.
Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management, Constanţa has four
undergraduate and master degree programs:
• Accounting and Management Information Systems (FT) accredited
• Finance and Banking (FT, PT) accredited
• Management (FT) accredited
• Accounting and auditing expertise (IF), accredited
Mission of institution activity concerns the teaching, the research, and formation of:
• Economists experts in various areas of accounting (general ledger, accounts of public
institutions, credit institutions accounting, national accounts, the consolidated accounts,
the accounting)
• Specialists in finance and taxation,
• Management computer specialists,
• Management specialists,
• Economics professors in universities or university and researchers.
Our college graduates fall into the labor market classifications corresponding
professions at European level, as COR 2009, occupations in Romania.
During their studies, students acquire many skills and competencies:
• To initiate and develop business of any kind,
• organize an activity suitable accounting changes and current economic needs
• To produce reports and audit expertise in various economic fields
• organize and manage companies and institutions in various industries (companies,
credit institutions, public institutions),
• The design and development software for business management (accounting, tax,
financial and economic analysis, evaluation)
Students perform economic practice in public institutions, credit institutions
authorized in the assessment firms, accounting and audit expertise in the industrial and
commercial companies in the IT companies, the choice made teaching practice. However,
students can attend optional language module and psycho-pedagogical module.
Promoting language module allows obtaining a certificate of competence in a foreign
17
language, and the second module allows the teacher to obtain a certificate, which is
indispensable in order to practice in education.
Textbooks published syntheses and debates are televised teaching valuable tools that
complement the activities directly with students. Faculty provides course textbooks in all
subjects.
After graduation, students can continue their improvement as a master, and then the
PhD in accounting sciences, computer science, finance, management and other areas.
Content of teaching is the quality level similar to that achieved in many Western
universities and prestigious Romanian and professional tradition.
18
Specialisation
MANAGEMENT
YEAR I
> The educational plan (Curricula)
> The fiches course
19
SPIRU HARET UNIVERSITY
FACULTY: ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT CONSTANTA
Field of Bachelor studies: MANAGEMENT
Study Program: MANAGEMENT
Applied
Form of Education: FULL TIME
Study Period (no. of credits): 3 years (180 credits)
CURRICULA
1ST YEAR
beginning with university year 2012- 2013
Notes: C=course S=seminar; Pw=Practical works; L=laboratory; E=Examination; OE=Oral Examination; PA= Partial Assessment
21
DISCIPLINE SHEETS
1ST YEAR
STUDY PROGRAM: MANAGEMENT
22
SUBJECT DESCRIPTION MICROECONOMICS
1.Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2. Faculty
1.3. Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5. Cycle of study
1.6. Study programme / qualification
2. Data about subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3. Titular of the seminar
Microeconomics
2.4. Year of study
1
2.5. Semester
1
2.6. Evaluation type
EXAM
3. Total estimated time (hours per semester of didactic activities )
3.1 Number of hours per week
of which: 3.2 course
3
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
42
of which: 3.5 course
Distribution of time fund
Study on manual, course support, bibliography and notes
Additional research at the library, on specialised electronic platforms and on the field
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, themes, papers, portfolios, and essays
Tutorials
Examinations
Other activities ………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
80
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
4. Precondition
4.1 of curriculum
4.2 of competences
Professional competences
Transversal competences
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
1
14
hours
20
40
20
2
1
(where necessary)


5. Conditions (where
5.1. to develop the course
5.2. to develop the
seminary/laboratory
6. Specific
2
28
2.7. Subject status
FUNDAMENTAL
DISCIPLINE
necessary)

classrooms equipped with projectors and whiteboard

seminar room equipped with whiteboard
acquired competences






















identifying and defining concepts, theories, methods and tools of economic
knowledge of scientific economic life
build and define a set of knowledge to enable them to understand and decipher the workings of the economy as the real system
explain and interpret basic aspects of economic life that occur at the micro level
knowledge and understanding of the methods of analysis used in economic theory and practice underlying economic processes
real understanding of the mechanisms of micro-level economy
applying knowledge gained to interpret any situation from an economic perspective
evaluating a given economic conditions using economic indicators
use economic calculation to analyze trends in economic phenomena
conducting an economic analysis at the micro level
presenting a case study on the economic activity of a company.
promoting professional ethics rules
manifestation of a responsible attitude towards continuous training, operational knowledge and application of new laws or
economic changes
manifesting a positive and responsible attitudes towards economic
making best use of its potential scientific relations
involvement in institutional development
engaging in partnerships
participation in own professional development
use the acquired knowledge into practice
addressing specific economic field
applying concepts, theories and methods of investigation of the economic fundamental to formulate projects and professional
approaches
summarize and interpret a range of information, solve problems and evaluate lessons learned
assessment of complex economic issues and developing the ability to communicate and demonstrate solutions chosen.
23
7. Course objectives (proceeding
7.1 General objectives of the course
7.2 Specific objectives
from the grid of specific acquired competences )
The overall objective envisaged by the inclusion in the curriculum of the course Microeconomics
taught first year students in the first semester aims: ABC's creation economist with specialist
familiar with economic terms in conjunction with understanding concepts, processes, phenomena,
regularities and constraints that support economic activity through the connections that arise
between different categories of businesses, consumer behavior, respectively producer and efficient
manner by combining inputs, operation of the market mechanism in terms of components them:
demand, supply, price and competition, etc..
The specific objectives considering the appropriation by students in a rigorous manner, concepts
and categories the sciences, explaining basic aspects of the economic life of society, the students
gain a range of skills to enable them to understand and deciphering of the economy as the real
system, understanding knowledge and analysis methods used in economic theory and practice
underlying real understanding of economic processes, mechanisms operating at the micro level of
the economy and the formation of a strong economic culture, indispensable for future specialists.
8. Content
8.1 Course
Teaching methods
Observations
INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF ECONOMY
2 hours/week
ECONOMY AND ECONOMICS
2 hours/week
MARKET ECONOMY. GENERAL CHARACTERIZATION.
2 hours/week
ECONOMIC AGENTS
MARKET. SUPPLY AND DEMAND
2 hours/week
CONSUMER BEHAVIOR
2 hours/week
BEHAVIOR OF PRODUCERS. COMBINATION OF FACTORS OF
Traditional and modern methods:
2 hours/week
PRODUCTION
expositive method and that the of
COST OF PRODUCTION
2 hours/week
interactiv dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
COMPETITION AND PRICING
2 hours/week
LABOUR MARKET AND WAGE
2 hours/week
PROFIT AND RENT
2 hours/week
MONEY MARKET. INTEREST
2 hours/week
CAPITAL MARKET
2 hours/week
FOREIGN EXCHANGE MARKET
2 hours/week
EXTERNALITIES AND PUBLIC GOODS
2 hours/week
Bibliography
Patache Laura, Pivodă Roxana, Microeconomics - Course ID technology IFR Publishing of Tomorrow Foundation Romania, Bucharest, 2012.
Enache Constantin, Mecu Constantin (coordinators), Political Economy, Volume I, Publisher of Tomorrow Foundation Romania, Bucharest, 2009.
Enache Constantin, Mecu Constantin (coordinators), Political Economy. Practical applications, Publisher of Tomorrow Foundation Romania, Bucharest,
2009.
Keynes John Maynard, The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, Public Publishing, Bucharest, 2009.
Schumpeter Joseph, Ten great economists - From Marx to Keynes, Post Publishing, Bucharest, 2010.
Smith Adam, Wealth of Nations, Public Publishing, Bucharest, 2011.
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
Teaching methods
Observations
1. Mercantilism, state and trade only; Physiocrats and economic cycle;
classics and the birth of political economy, Karl Marx and the critique of
political economy; Neoclasicii competition and optimal Austrian
1 hours/week
School, time and information, John Maynard Keynes and challenging
self-regulating market, Joseph Schumpeter and economic development,
synthesis of contemporary
2. Scarcity of resources - contemporary phenomenon. Fighting rarity;
1 hours/week
impact of technical progress on resource limits
3. Sustainable economy - a new economy for a new century, electronic
money or money you can not see; market economic system - advantages
and limitations; outlook of the market economy, comparative analysis of
1 hours/week
the effectiveness of contemporary models of market economy,
Traditional and modern methods:
Imperative functional economy market in Romania
explanation, exercise, conversation,
4. Economic utility and its measurement problem over time
1 hours/week
dialogue, pair work, reading,
5. The combination of production factors
1 hours/week
translation, case study, stimulation,
6. Importanţa analizei productivităţii medii şi marginale a factorilor de
cooperation, problem solving, brain
1 hours/week
producţie în adoptarea unor decizii de către un manager
storming, etc.
7. Economic efficiency and production costs, measures that help
companies to reduce production costs; importance of knowing a
1 hours/week
company's breakeven
8. Optimal management costs and increase economic efficiency; role of
prices in a market economy, monopoly and monopoly price, oligopoly
1 hours/week
and oligopoly price, state and prices; market with monopolistic
competition and price formation in the market equilibrium
9. Theoretical approaches to the concept of salary, wage concept in
1 hours/week
economic theory
10. Labor market equilibrium. Characteristics of the labor market in
1 hours/week
Romania and demand for labor. Factors that condition
11. Monetary aggregates and their role in setting monetary policy, the
1 hours/week
24
role of credit in the Romanian economy, banking system development in
Romania and its role in economic development
12. Capital market institutions in Romania stock exchange's role in the
1 hours/week
privatization process in Romania
13. Basic types of stock transactions; theory of purchasing power parity
and exchange rate fluctuations; Impact euro appreciation against the
1 hours/week
U.S. dollar on the foreign trade of Romania
14. External debt problem in the contemporary economy, balancing
mechanisms balance of payments; monopoly as market failure,
1 hours/week
government intervention in the functioning of markets and its limits.
Bibliography
Patache Laura, Pivodă Roxana, Microeconomics - Course ID technology IFR Publishing of Tomorrow Foundation Romania, Bucharest, 2012.
Enache Constantin, Mecu Constantin (coordinators), Political Economy, Volume I, Publisher of Tomorrow Foundation Romania, Bucharest, 2009.
Enache Constantin, Mecu Constantin (coordinators), Political Economy. Practical applications, Publisher of Tomorrow Foundation Romania, Bucharest,
2009.
Keynes John Maynard, The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, Public Publishing, Bucharest, 2009.
Schumpeter Joseph, Ten great economists - From Marx to Keynes, Post Publishing, Bucharest, 2010.
Smith Adam, Wealth of Nations, Public Publishing, Bucharest, 2011.
9.
Corroboration of the course content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme
The course envisages the acquisition by students in a rigorous manner, concepts and categories the sciences, explaining basic aspects of the economic life of
society, the students gain a range of skills to enable them to understand and decipher the mechanisms economy as the real system, understanding knowledge
and analysis methods used in economic theory and practice underlying real understanding of economic processes, mechanisms operating at the micro level
of the economy and the formation of a strong economic culture, indispensable future specialists.
10. Evaluation
Type of activity
10.4 Course
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
knowledge and understanding of the
methods of analysis used in
economic theory and practice
underlying economic processes real
understanding of the mechanisms of
micro-level economy
Final exam - multiple choice questions and oral
examination
80%
application of acquired knowledge
to interpret any situation from an
economic perspective
Continuous assessment - multiple choice
questions
20%
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
10.6 Minimal standard of performance
Answer 10 questions correctly to provide scoring Note 5
25
COURSE DESCRIPTION: MACROECONOMCS
1.
Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2. Faculty
1.3. Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5. Cycle of study
1.6. Study programme / qualification
2. Data about subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3. Titular of the seminar
Macroeconomics
2.4. Year of study
1
2.5. Semester
2
2.6. Evaluation type
EXAM
3. Total estimated time (hours per semester of didactic activities )
3.1 Number of hours per week
of which: 3.2 course
3
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
42
of which: 3.5 course
Distribution of time fund
Study on manual, course support, bibliography and notes
Additional research at the library, on specialised electronic platforms and on the field
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, themes, papers, portfolios, and essays
Tutorials
Examinations
Other activities ………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
80
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
4. Precondition
4.1 of curriculum
4.2 of competences
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
1
14
hours
20
40
20
2
1
(where necessary)


5. Conditions (where
5.1. to develop the course
5.2. to develop the
seminary/laboratory
Microeconomics
Knowledge of basic economic concepts
necessary)

classrooms equipped with projectors and whiteboard

seminar room equipped with whiteboard
Specific acquired competences
Professional competences
6.
2
28
2.7. Subject status
FUNDAMENTAL
DISCIPLINE













identifying and defining concepts, theories, methods and tools of economic
identifying new macroeconomic applicability of theories and models
knowledge of scientific economic life
explanation of aggregate macroeconomic indicators and correlations between them
explanation and interpretation of ideas, projects, processes, structures and business models
understanding how economic thinking
understanding and correct use in context fundamental economic concepts and vocabulary studied economic
knowledge and understanding of the methods of analysis used in economic theory and practice underlying mechanisms of
economic understanding macroeconomic
applying knowledge gained to interpret any situation from an economic perspective
evaluating a given economic conditions using economic indicators
use economic calculation to analyze trends in economic phenomena
conducting an economic analysis macroeconomic
presenting a case study on the dynamics of a particular macroeconomic ide.
26
Transversal competences
 the best use of your own creative potential scientific relations
 promoting professional ethics rules
 manifestation of a responsible attitude towards continuous training, knowledge, and application of new laws or economic
changes
 manifesting a positive and responsible attitudes towards economic
 involvement in institutional development
 engaging in partnerships
 accountability to the community and its resources to
 participation in own professional development
 addressing specific economic field
 applying concepts, theories and methods of investigation of the economic fundamental to formulate projects and professional
approaches
 summarize and interpret a range of information, solve problems and evaluate lessons learned
 anticipate events and prioritization term variables
 assessment of complex economic issues and developing the ability to communicate and demonstrate solutions chosen.
7. Course objectives (proceeding
7.1 General objectives of the course
7.2 Specific objectives
from the grid of specific acquired competences )
The overall objective envisaged by the inclusion in the curriculum of Macroeconomics Course
taught first year students in the second semester, aims to understand the concepts, processes,
phenomena, regularities and constraints that support economic activity through the connections
that occur between different categories of economic aggregate, macroeconomic policy making
developed, open macroeconomics study specific issues, understanding processes and phenomena
related to international economic integration and globalization, etc.
The specific objectives considering the appropriation by students in a rigorous manner, this science
concepts and categories, explaining basic aspects of the economic life of society, the students gain
a range of skills to enable understanding and deciphering of the economy as the real system,
understanding knowledge and analysis methods used in economic theory and practice underlying
real understanding of economic processes, the mechanisms of the economy at the macroeconomic
level, knowledge problems of macroeconomic analysis, forming a strong economic culture, future
specialists as needed.
8. Content
8.1 Course
Teaching methods
Observations
INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY MACROECONOMICS
2 hours/week
ECONOMIC GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
2 hours/week
THE PROBLEM OF DEVELOPING COUNTRIES LAGGING
2 hours/week
BEHIND IN TERMS ECONOMIC
INCOME, CONSUMPTION, SAVINGS AND INVESTMENTS
2 hours/week
ECONOMIC ACTIVITY FLUCTUATIONS
2 hours/week
UNEMPLOYMENT
2 hours/week
Traditional and modern methods:
INFLATION
2 hours/week
expositive method and that the of
interactiv dialogue, demonstration,
STATE AND ECONOMY
2 hours/week
explanation, etc.
WEALTH AND POVERTY
2 hours/week
PROBLEMS OF THE ROMANIAN ECONOMY IN TRANSITION
2 hours/week
PERIOD
WORLD ECONOMY: THE CONCEPT AND STRUCTURE
2 hours/week
WORLD ECONOMY THE BEGINNING OF A NEW MILLENNIUM
2 hours/week
ROMANIA IN THE GLOBAL ECONOMY
2 hours/week
EFFICIENCY OF FOREIGN ECONOMIC RELATIONS
2 hours/week
Bibliography
Patache Laura, Pivodă Roxana, Macroeconomics - Course ID technology IFR Publishing of Tomorrow Foundation Romania, Bucharest, 2012.
Andrei Liviu, Economics, Economic Publishing House, Bucharest, 2011.
Cojanu Valentin, Economic logic reasoning, Ed CH Beck, Bucharest, 2010.
Cornescu Viorel, Creţoiu Gheorghe, Bucur Ion, Economy, Ed CH Beck, Bucharest, 2008.
Dinu Marian, Saving Dictionary. Epistemic skill exercises, Economic Publishing House, Bucharest, 2010.
Enache Constantin, Mecu Constantin (coordinators), Political Economy, Volume I, Publisher of Tomorrow Foundation Romania, Bucharest, 2009.
Enache Constantin, Mecu Constantin (coordinators), Political Economy. Practical applications, Publisher of Tomorrow Foundation Romania, Bucharest,
2009.
Keynes John Maynard, The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, Public Publishing, Bucharest, 2009.
Schumpeter Joseph, Ten great economists - From Marx to Keynes, Post Publishing, Bucharest, 2010.
Smith Adam, Wealth of Nations, Public Publishing, Bucharest, 2011.
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
Teaching methods
Observations
1. Genesis macroeconomics and its subject matter
1 hours/week
2. The main economic macro indicator. Types of growth and
1 hours/week
Traditional and modern methods:
development and economic growth
explanation, exercise, conversation,
3. Worsening economic disparities
1 hours/week
dialogue, pair work, reading,
4. Keynesian model of economic revival
1 hours/week
translation, case study, stimulation,
5. Typology of business cycles
1 hours/week
cooperation, problem solving, brain
6. Manifestations of imbalances in the economy: unemployment and
storming, etc.
1 hours/week
inflation
7. Consistency Phillips's theory on the relationship between
1 hours/week
27
unemployment and inflation
8. Government intervention
1 hours/week
9. State budget and taxation. Laffer curve
1 hours/week
10. Difficulties of integrating the Romanian economy in the European
1 hours/week
economy
11. Scenarios regarding the future of the world economy
1 hours/week
12. Significant changes in the world economy goes global
1 hours/week
13. Problems of integration of the Romanian economy in the European
1 hours/week
economy
14. Place the Romanian economy in the world economy
1 hours/week
Bibliography
Patache Laura, Pivodă Roxana, Macroeconomics - Course ID technology IFR Publishing of Tomorrow Foundation Romania, Bucharest, 2012.
Andrei Liviu, Economics, Economic Publishing House, Bucharest, 2011.
Cojanu Valentin, Economic logic reasoning, Ed CH Beck, Bucharest, 2010.
Cornescu Viorel, Creţoiu Gheorghe, Bucur Ion, Economy, Ed CH Beck, Bucharest, 2008.
Dinu Marian, Saving Dictionary. Epistemic skill exercises, Economic Publishing House, Bucharest, 2010.
Enache Constantin, Mecu Constantin (coordinators), Political Economy, Volume I, Publisher of Tomorrow Foundation Romania, Bucharest, 2009.
Enache Constantin, Mecu Constantin (coordinators), Political Economy. Practical applications, Publisher of Tomorrow Foundation Romania, Bucharest,
2009.
Keynez John Maynard, The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, Public Publishing, Bucharest, 2009.
Schumpeter Joseph, Ten great economists - From Marx to Keynes, Post Publishing, Bucharest, 2010.
Smith Adam, Wealth of Nations, Public Publishing, Bucharest, 2011.
9. Corroboration of the course content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme
The course envisages the acquisition by students in a rigorous manner, concepts and categories the sciences, explaining basic aspects of the economic life of
society, the students gain a range of skills to enable them to understand and decipher the mechanisms economy as the real system, understanding knowledge
and analysis methods used in economic theory and practice underlying real understanding of economic processes, the mechanisms of macroeconomic
economy and creating a culture of sound economic, essential for future specialists.
10. Evaluation
Type of activity
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
Explanation of aggregate
macroeconomic indicators and
correlations between them
Final exam - multiple choice questions and oral
examination
80%
Presenting a case study on the
dynamics of a particular
macroeconomic ide
Continuous assessment - multiple choice
questions
20%
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
10.6 Minimal standard of performance
Answer 10 questions correctly to provide scoring Note 5
28
COURSE DESCRIPTION: MATHEMATICS APPLIED IN THE ECONOMY
1.Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Accounting and Management Information Systems
Bachelor degree
Accounting and Management Information Systems
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5.Cycle of study
1.6. Study programme / qualification
2.Data about subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3. Titular of the seminar
2.4. Year of study
Mathematics applied in the economy
1
2.5 Semester
I
2.6 Evaluation type
Exam/
Assessment
2.7Cour
se status
CS/CS
Compulsory
discipline
3.Total estimated time (hours per semester of didactic activities)
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
of which: 3.2 course
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
42
of which: 3.5 course
Distribution of time fund
Study on manual, course support, bibliography and notes
Additional research at the library, on specialized electronic platforms and in the field
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, themes, papers, portfolios, and essays
Tutorials
Examinations
Other activities ………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
80
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
2
28
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
2
14
hours
30
20
30
2
1
-
4. Preconditions (where necessary)


4.1 of curriculum
4.2 of competences
-
5. Conditions (where necessary)
5.1. to develop the course
5.2. to develop the
seminar/laboratory


6. Specific acquired competences
The capacity of working with the principles and notions afferent to the mathematics applied in the economy


Understanding the importance of the mathematics applied in the economy for the development of the economic phenomena
The improvement of the student’s capacity to understand the economic phenomena by the means of the applied mathematics
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences

7. Course objectives (proceeding from the grid of specific acquired competences)
7.1 General objectives of the course
7.2 Specific objectives

Familiarizing the future economist with the economic models, the general methods of
mathematical description by the means of the mathematical analysis

Progressive storing of knowledge and acquiring operational habits
Assimilating the main elements referring to the introductory notions of the economic
mathematics, as well as their use for concrete economic models
29
Acquiring the habit of using the analysis methods of a function with one or more variables:
limits, continuity, derivability, differentiability, integrability and their use in the economy
Learning the main notions referring to numerical series, function and power series,
convergence interval, convergence ray, sum etc.
Acquiring the skills of organizing the problematical situations, formulating and solving
problems, interpreting the results
8. Content
8.1 Course
Chapter I Elements of superior algebra with applications in economy
a.
Vectorial spaces .Organization of the economic spaces by
the means of the vectorial spaces
b.
Basis and dimension.Representation of a vector into a basis
c.
Alteration the co-ordinates of a vector by changing the basis
d.
Numerical methods of solving systems of linear equations
e.
Linear operators on vectorial spaces
f.
Vectors and proper values
g.
Organizing vectorial spaces as metric spaces and normalized
spaces
h.
Distance.Metric Space
Teaching methods
Systematic
writing
blackboard
on
the
Observations
4
Chapter II Optimum substantiation of the decisions through linear
programming
2.1. Formulation of the linear programming problem and the
mathematical model
2.2.Fundamental forms of the linear programming problem (PPL)
2.3. Primal simplex algorithm
2.4. Dual form of the PPL. Solutions Classification. Economic
interpretation of the PPL
2.5.Economic interpretation of the dual problem; shadow prices
Chapter III Optimum decisions of transport
3.1.Formulation of the transport problem and the mathematical model
3.2.Mathematical model of the equilibrated transport problem
Chapter IV Elements of mathematical analysis with applications in
substantiating the optimum economic decision
4.1Numerical series. Convergence criteria
4.2.Series with positive terms
4.3.Altered series
4.4.Series of real functions
4.5. Power series
4.6.Taylor and Mac-Laurin series
4.7. Functions of more real variables
4.8.Economic interpretation of partial derivates
4.9.Extremes of functions with more variables
4.10.Extremes of functions with more conditioned functions
4.11.Double integrals
4.12.Improper integrals
4.13.Eulerian integrals
4
Chapter V Model of the dynamics of the economic processes
5.1.Main types of differential equations with applications in the
economy
5.2.Differential equations with separable variables
5.3.Homogeneous equations
5.4.Linear equations of first order
5.5.Applications of the differential equations in the economy
4
4
8
Bibliography
1.A.Jeflea “Matematici aplicate în economie”, FRM. Publishing House Bucureşti, 2012
2.Gh. Cenuse, s.a. Matematici pentru economisti, Cison Publishing House, Bucuresti, 2011.
3.R. Cristescu, Matematici generale, Didactical and Pedagogical Publishing House, Bucuresti, 2009
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
1. Elements of superior algebra with applications in economy.
Applications
2. Optimum substantiation of the decisions through linear programming.
Applications
Teaching methods
.
Observations
2
4
30
3. Optimum decisions of transport. Applications
2
4. Elements of mathematical analysis with applications in substantiating
the optimum economic decision. Applications
4
5. Model of the dynamics of the economic processes
Applications
2
Bibliography
1.A.Jeflea “Matematici aplicate în economie”, FRM. Publishing House, Bucureşti, 2012
2.Gh. Cenuse, s.a. Matematici pentru economisti, Cison Publishing House , Bucuresti, 2011.
3.R. Cristescu, Matematici generale, Didactical and Pedagogical Publishing House, Bucuresti, 2009
9. Corroboration of the course content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives,
professional associations and employers representative for the programme


The study of the subject offers the possibility of preventing the surprises in the market economy through prior estimation of different economic
agents; it also enables the anticipation of the effect of some decisions for choosing the most adequate economic policy, with maximum benefic
effects and minimum negative effects
The development of the economic theory is facilitated by the means of this subject, more exactly through measurements can be done by using
proceedings of economic theory
10. Evaluation
Type of activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
Capacity of using methods specific
to the applied mathematics in the
economiy
Capacity of solving different
economic problems by using
mathematical solutions
10.2 Methods of evaluation
Exam – grid test on the Blackboard platform
Assessment – on line tests
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
20%
10.6 Minimal standard of performance

Understanding the main introductory notions of the economic mathematics, as well as their use for some concrete economic models
31
COURSE DESCRIPTION: ECONOMIC STATISTIC
1.Information about the program
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5.Cycle of study
1.6. Study programme / qualification
Spiru Haret University, Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Course organiser
2.3. Seminar organiser
2.4. Year of study
Economic Statistic
I
2.5Semester
II
2.6 Evalution type
E2
2.7Course statuts
FD
3. Estimated time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
3.4 4 Total hours of the curricula
56
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminar/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
69
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
of wich: 3.2 course
of wich: 3.5 course
2
28
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
2
28
Hours
20
20
15
2
2
10
4. Prerequisites (where necessary)
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related


Microeconomics Macroeconomics General knowledge about economics concepts
Management Information Systems, Databases and Internet computing
5. Facilities and equipment (where necessary)
5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminars


Existence of complex equipment projector, computer, Internet
Computer room, Internet
Professional
6. Competences acquired during/after the course

c ompetences




Transversal
competences



Define and explain concepts (National economy - cybernetic system, system of macroeconomic and microeconomic
indicators, national wealth, human potential, technical potential of workforce, fixed capital, circulating capital, productivity of
labor standard of living, Real incomes and real wages, the consumption price index, index of deflation financial capacity and
necessary funding, monetary policy, budget, inflation, deflation, external debt, budget deficit, monetary mass, stock market,
proportions and correlations macroeconomic , etc.), for identifying economic phenomena and to grasp the interdependencies
between them
Definition and application procedures (the procedure of statistical grouping, questionnaire method of indicators, mechanical
selection method, guided selection method) and methods (relative measurements The average size, position indicators of
variation regression and correlation average chronological and indices), used in statistic so that the students to go through all
phases of statistical research to elaborate complex work economic-statistical;
Using information systems (using EXCEL software package MS Office 10, SPSS), the training of students so that they to be
able to seek out information and dates respectively, to solve different applications with statistical character;
Familiarization and use of statistical discipline specific terms.
Elaboration a paper on an complex economic phenomenon using statistical data where the students to can operationalize with
the concepts, methods and tools of the statistic
Knowledge and application of fundamental principles of official statistics (autonomy principle, principle of cost / efficiency),
and responsibilities (informing public opinion, elaboration of the system of statistical indicators and methodology and
specific standards, to ensure compatibility of the National Statistical system with these used by International Organizations,
UN and EU), National Institute of Statistics, so that the students to achieve the applications with statistical character
following the rules of professional ethics
Identify roles and responsibilities in a team multi specialized role play in a bank) and application relationship techniques
That'll Develop students capacity to realizing work papers or projects in a hot working environment and efficient
Identify training opportunities and exploit their resources efficiently the faculty, so that students understand the necessity of
permanent development and implementation of a lifelong professional and personal development plan.
32
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives

Assimilation by students the concepts, procedures and methods specific to the statistic
discipline, so that these can operationalize it with these using computer systems
(Excel and SPSS) and the specific documents statistics (statistical yearbooks, family
budgets, bank statements etc..) for processing and interpretation of results, so that they
are able to make relevant decisions about current activity from a enterprise

Assimilation of the studies using different methods of statistic and analysis of socioeconomic phenomena;
Identify and application by students of concepts, procedures and methods, using
computer systems so as them to be able to collect, process, analyze and interpret the
results.
Achievement complex statistical works through application the fundamental principles of
official statistics and the distribution of roles and responsibilities within the team.
8. Content
1.
8.1 Course
Synthetic indicators of the national economy
2.
The structure of macroeconomic indicators
3.
The agencies national accounts economic activity analysis tool
4.
National wealth - an indicator of economic potential
5.
Statistical indicators of human potential
6.
Statistical indicators of fixed capital and working capital
7.
Natural resources indicators
8.
Indicators spiritual resources
9.
The role of microeconomic indicators in the economic analysis
10. The role of macroeconomic indicators in the economic analysis
11. Indicators of living
12. Monetary financial indicators, their role in the economic
mechanism
13. Statistics stock market indicators
14. Macroeconomic proportions and correlations
Teaching methods
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue case study
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue case study
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue case study
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue case study
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue
Observations
2
hours / week
2
hours / week
2
hours / week
2
hours / week
2
hours / week
2
2
hours / week
hours / week
2
2
hours / week
hours / week
2
2
hours / week
hours / week
2
2
hours / week
hours / week
2 hours / week
Bibliography
1. Begu L.S., Korka M., Marin E., Alexandru A. - Basics of statistics for international business, University Publishing House, Bucharest, 2009
2. Begu L.S. - International statistical Comparative analysis University Publishing House, Bucharest, 2009
3. Neacşu G. - Concepts and methods used in statistics, Publishing House, Bucharest, 2009
4. Săvoiu Gh. - Statistica: thinking and methods, University Publishing House, Bucharest, 2009
5. Săvoiu Gh - Applied statistical thinking. Systems of indicators resulting from accounting documents and financial statements, University Publishing
House, Bucharest, 2010
6. Balu Mariana Elena - Fundamentals of statistics FRM Publishing, Bucharest, 2006
7. Balu Mariana Elena - Applied Statistics in Economics FRM Publishing, Bucharest, 2006
8. Isaic Maniu Al. (coord.) - Statistics for Business Management, Economic Publishing House, Bucharest, 2004
9. Neacşu Gabriela - Microeconomic and macroeconomic statistics University Publishing House, Bucharest, 2006
10. Popescu Angela (coord.) - Statistics-theory, testing and grid Publishing House, Bucharest, 2005
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
1. Selection depending on the intended purpose, of the methods
of structuring the observed data, for statistical processing
and calculation of derived indicators,
Teaching methods
exercise, conversation, dialogue,
case study and problematization
Observations
2 hours / theme
33
2.
3.
Using indicators of variation in determining the
representativeness of the mean and appreciation of
asymmetry in the socio-economic phenomena
Random selection role in economic-social studies
4.
Dependence between socio-economic phenomena, studied
with regression and correlation
5. Analysis based on time series of economic and financial
phenomena
6. Analysis of the economic situation of the enterprise with
indices method
7. Analysis situation of Banking with economic and financial
performance indicators
Bibliography
exercise, conversation, dialogue,
case study and problematization
2 hours / theme
exercise, conversation, dialogue,
case study and problematization
exercise, conversation, dialogue,
case study and problematization
exercise, conversation, dialogue,
case study and problematization
exercise, conversation, dialogue,
case study and problematization
exercise, conversation, dialogue,
case study and problematization
2 hours / theme
2 hours / theme
2 hours / theme
2 hours / theme
2 hours / theme
1. Neacşu Gabriela Basic Statistics Tender practical applications ExPonto Publishing House, Constanta, 2012
2. Negoescu Gh. dBasis business statistics All Beck Publishing House, Bucharest, 1999
3. Pivodă Dan - Introduction to macroeconomic statistics Publisher Europolis, Constanta, 2003
4. Ţarcă M. - Treaty applied statistics, Didactic and Pedagogic Publishing House, Bucharest, 1998
5. Săvoiu Gh. Statistics: thinking and methods, University Publishing House, Bucharest, 2009
6. Săvoiu Gh - Applied statistical thinking. Systems of indicators resulting from accounting documents and financial statements, University Publishing
House, Bucharest, 2010
9. Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in fields
significant for the program





Identify correct of the percentage increases and explain the observed changes;
Establishment of a sample correct and elaboration a questionnaire that correspond to the overall objective of a statistical surveys;
Use the Excel software in various statistical calculations;
Achievement an analysis of the economic situation based on known indicators and related indicators;
Analysis and interpretation of statistical data for optimal adoption decision.
10. Assessment
Type of activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
Demonstrates understanding
previously taught knowledge
through active participation in
future lessons
Reinforces and improves
performance through applying the
knowledge and studying additional
references. They use the correctly
the statistics terms
Final exam - multiple choice questions and oral
Choosing correctly the statistical
tools in solving statistical problems
Demonstrate understanding of
knowledge taught by operating with
the newly gained concepts and
methods.
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
examination
80%
Continuous assessment - multiple
choice questions
20%
34
COURSE DESCRIPTION: BASICS OF COMPUTER SCIENCE
1.Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5.Cycle of study
1.6. Study programme / qualification
2.Data about subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3. Titular of the seminar
2.4. Year of study
Basics of Computer Science
1
2.5 Semester
I
2.6 Evaluation type
Exam
2.7Cour
se status
CD/SD
Compulsory
discipline/Spec
ialized
discipline
3.Total estimated time (hours per semester of didactic activities)
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
of which: 3.2 course
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
42
of which: 3.5 course
Distribution of time fund
Study on manual, course support, bibliography and notes
Additional research at the library, on specialized electronic platforms and in the field
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, themes, papers, portfolios, and essays
Tutorials
Examinations
Other activities ………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
56
3.9 Total hours per semester
100
3.10 Number of credits
4
2
28
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
2
14
hours
10
10
8
28
2
-
4. Preconditions (where necessary)


4.1 of curriculum
4.2 of competences
It is not the case
It is not the case
5. Conditions (where necessary)
5.1. to develop the course
5.2. to develop the
seminar/laboratory


videoprojector
laboratory with 10 computers minimum
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
6. Specific acquired competences





Competencies to management and use Windows Operating System;
Competencies to use a computer network;
Ability to create specific management documents in Word format;
Ability to create specific management documents in Excel;
Ability to create Powerpoint presentations;




Ability to acquire basic techniques necessary for self-improvement in ICT;
Organizing information resources available to a beneficiary of projects;
Anticipate situations and problem solving solutions or action;
Capacity of improvement and self-improvement
7. Course objectives (proceeding from the grid of specific acquired competences)
7.1 General objectives of the course



Provide students with knowledge of the organization and use of computer systems and
operating systems;
Provide students with knowledge on the structure of computer networks and training
students to work in a computer network environment;
Developing skills for working with Excel spreadsheet program;
35
7.2 Specific objectives


Developing skills for creating Word documents;
Developing skills for creating Powerpoint presentations.

Correct operation of the Windows operating system (file management, user management,
security in Windows);
Correct operation of a computer network (file transfer, Internet access, printers, network
installation);
Correct operation in the Internet network, search for information using search engines
Correct operation with Microsoft Word editor (editing, viewing, formatting, printing,
object including);
Correct operation with data and formulas in Excel;
Correct operation with spreadsheets, cells, rows and columns;
Learning how to use different types of addresses in Excel
Correct operation in an Excel database, search an Excel database;
Proper use of commands for creating slides, insert, use templates, animation effects,
transition effects in Powerpoint..








8. Content
8.1 Course
Chapter 1
Organization and structure of electronic computers
The structure of a computing system.
Building blocks.
Memory, the role of memory in a computer system, memory types.
The central processor of a computer system, microprocessor block diagram
of a microprocessor. Motherboard. PC buses. Peripherals: hard disk drive,
floppy disk drive, CD-ROM, high-capacity electronic memory, keyboard,
printer, scanner, video interface.
Chapter 2
Operating Systems
The definition of an operating system, operating system functions,
multitasking, processes and threads, memory management and peripherals.
Types of operating systems: DOS, Windows, Linux. Windows. Graphical
interface. Windows applications.
Chapter 3
Computer networks.
The definition of a computer network. Devices used in a computer
network. Topologies of computer networks. Protocols used in computer
networks. Using the Windows operating system in a computer network.
Internet. Structure. Application. Perspectives. Mail system.
Chapter 4
Word text processor
Introductory concepts of desktop publishing. Formatting Word documents
at character level. Formatting Word paragraphs. Formatting Word
documents level. Advanced features in Word: Mail Merge, Macros, Speech
recognition
Chapter 5
Excel spreadsheet processor
Overview of Excel. Spreadsheets. Excel files. Operations on spreadsheets.
Excel as a database system (sorting, searching, grouping, subtotals,
validation). Excel functions.
Chapter 6
Powerpoint
Creating a presentation. Templates, albums, views. Outline panel, enter
text, titles, organizing information. Slide text formatting. Diagrams, types,
legends, labels, sorting and ordering. Tables and charts. Customizing a
presentation. Adding logos and images. Transition effects. Animation,
audio and video elements. Running presentations. Configuration, saving.
Presentations on the Web.
Bibliography
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
interactiv dialogue, demonstration,
explanation.
Observations
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
1..Avram V., Dodescu Gh., - Informatics. Operating systems and application software, Economica Publishing House, Bucharest, 2007.
2. Bacivarov, A. – Servicii Internet, Matrixrom Publishing House, 2010.
3.Barbu, G., Banica, L., Paun, V., “Calculatoare personale. Arhitectura, functionare si interconectare”, Matrixrom Publishing House Bucharest, 2011.
4. Chiru C. - Informatică de gestiune (Documente),. Course on CD.(2011).
5. Jonson, S. - Microsoft Office - Word 2007, Bucharest, Teora Publishing House, 2010.
6. Murray, K. - , Microsoft Office 2010, Plain & Simple, Microsoft Press, 2010.
7.Roşca I. - Societatea cunoaşterii, Economica Publishing House, Bucharest, 2006.
8. Weverka, P. - Office 2010 All-in-One For Dummies, Wiley, 2011.
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
Windows operating systems. Operations on file and folders.
Word. Introduction, types of operations with documents. Character level
formatting. Paragraph level formatting.
Word. Paragraph level formatting
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work.
Observations
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
36
Word. Correct operation with paragraph styles. Setting a paragraph style:
alignment, font, font size, style. Automatic numbering of paragraphs.
Automatic creation of a table of contents
Word. Operations on tables. Creating tables. Insert and delete rows and
columns. Mail Merge
Making PowerPoint presentations. Inserting slides. Applying color
schemes. Formatting text in slides
Excel. Basic operations
Excel. Formulas, cell and worksheet references
Excel functions and Excel database functions.
Excel. Sorting and subtotals
Excel diagrams
Excel databases
Excel. Applications. Trial balance and payroll
Excel. Complex application
Bibliography
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
1. Chiru C. - Informatică de gestiune (Documente),. Course on CD.(2011).
2. Jonson, S. - Microsoft Office - Word 2007, Bucharest, Teora Publishing House, 2010.
3. Murray, K. - , Microsoft Office 2010, Plain & Simple, Microsoft Press, 2010.
4. Mares D.M., Mihai G., Informatică generală, Editura Fundatiei România de Mâine, Bucuresti, 2008
5.Roşca I. - Societatea cunoaşterii, Economica Publishing House, Bucharest, 2006.
6 Weverka, P. - Office 2010 All-in-One For Dummies, Wiley, 2011.
9. Corroboration of the course content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme
Contents "Basics of Computer Science" provides fundamental knowledge on the structure of computers, operating systems, notions of networks, Internet
and operating abilities of computers, word processing programs and spreadsheet processors which meet the need of employers related to the use of
information technology in management.
10. Evaluation
Type of activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
Learning theoretical knowledge on
the
structure
of
computers,
operating systems, notions of
networks, Internet, Word text
editor, Excel spreadsheet editor
Practical skills in operating
electronic computers, operating
with Word and Excel
10.2 Methods of evaluation
10.3 Percentage
from final grade
Final exam – grid test and oral examination
80%
Partial exam – grid test
20%
10.6 Minimal standard of performance

basic operations with Windows OS

Use e-mail and browsers

Creating a Word document that contains paragraph styles, tables

Making an Excel document containing formulas with mathematical functions and references

Making a simple PowerPoint presentation
37
COURSE DESCRIPTION: BASICS OF ACCOUNTING
1. Information about the program
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Programme / Qualification
Spiru Haret University Bucharest
Financial Accounting Management
Management, Accounting and Finance
Management
Undergraduate
Management
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
Basics of Accounting
1
2.5 Semester
I
2.6 Evaluation type
E1
2.7Discipline
DO
DF
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
3.4 Number hours in the curriculum
56
3.2: of which course
hours
3.5: of which course
hours
2
28
3.3: of which seminar/lab
hours
3.6: of which seminar/lab
hours
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminar/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities, Group project.
3.7 Total hours of individual study
69
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
2
28
hours
11
24
28
4
2
-
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)


4.1 of curriculum
4.2 of competences
is not necessary
is not necessary
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. to develop the course
5.2. to develop the seminary/laboratory


Classroom equipped with projector and projection screen, computer and Internet connection
Classroom equipped with projector and projection screen, computer and Internet connection
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
6. Competences acquired during/after the course

understanding processes and accounting method;

student skills in the field of accounting;

correct use of the terms;

increasing the ability to transpose in the practice of accounting and related knowledge, whether management decisions useful;

capacity analysis of formation of accounting documents;


capitalizing on their potential in scientific activities, creativity;
the ability to adapt to new situations;

formation of a positive attitude towards the field.
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 General objectives of the subject
7.2 Specific objectives
Accounting as a tool of knowledge, management and control of the assets and of the results obtained
should ensure:

chronological and systematic record of economic and financial operations, processing
and storage of information on the situation of and the results obtained;

control of proprietary transactions performed and information-processing processes used.
familiarity with the tools and working methods specific to accounts;
familiarity with the tools and working methods specific to accounts;
8. Content
8.1 Course
Chapter I The Accounting as Science
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
Observations
The materials of course are made
available to students at the beginning
38
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
of
activities.
For
knowledge
consolidation it is advised to study the
materials before the lecture.
Ibidem.
Ibidem.
Ibidem.
Chapter II Method of accounting
Chapter III Organization of accounting
Chapter IV The content of economic and accounting function of the
main accounts used in financial accounting
Chapter V Realization of informational circuit. Monograph books and
Ibidem.
accounting documents of the synthesis
Bibliography
1. Bebeşelea Mihaela, (2012), Accounting Databases, lecture notes on the CD;
2. Florea Ştefan, (2007), Fundamentals of accounting of economic agents, Muntenia Publishing House, Constanta;
3. Ionescu Cecilia, (2007), Database and Accounting procedures, Romania tomorrow Foundation Publishing House, Bucharest;
4. Pântea Iacob Petru and collectively, (2006), Foundations of accounting of economic agents Romania, Intelcredo Publishing House, Deva;
5. Paşca N., Crişan C., Dănilă I., (2008), Accounting Basics, Rispoprint Publishing House, Cluj-Napoca
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
Seminar 1Heritage-object of study of accounting
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Observations
The
lecture
of
materials
is
recommended that students read in
advanced so that they can interact
during seminars.
Ibidem.
Ibidem.
Seminar 2 Method of accounting principles and procedures
Seminar 3 Evaluation and inventarieerea-method accounting processes
with other economic disciplines commune
Seminar 4Trial balance procedure specific to method of accounting
Ibidem.
Seminar 5 The bilance procedure specific to method of accounting
Ibidem.
Seminar 6The account procedure specific to method of accounting
Ibidem.
Seminar 7 Accounting analysis of economic-financial operations
Ibidem.
Seminar 8 Analysis and function of capital accounts
Ibidem.
Seminar 9 Analysis and function of imobilizari accounts
Ibidem.
Seminar 10 Analysis and function of stocks accounts
Ibidem.
Seminar 11 Analysis and function of third parties accounts
Ibidem.
Seminar 12 Analysis and function of Treasury accounts
Ibidem.
Seminar 13 Analysis and function of expenditure, income and financial
Ibidem.
result accounts
Seminar 14 Brief monograph about accounting information system
Ibidem.
accounting
Bibliography
1. Bebeşelea Mihaela, (2012), Accounting Databases, lecture notes on the CD;
2. Florea Ştefan, (2007), Fundamentals of accounting of economic agents, Muntenia Publishing House, Constanta;
3. Ionescu Cecilia, (2007), Database and Accounting procedures, Romania tomorrow Foundation Publishing House, Bucharest;
4. Pântea Iacob Petru and collectively, (2006), Foundations of accounting of economic agents Romania, Intelcredo Publishing House, Deva;
5. Paşca N., Crişan C., Dănilă I., (2008), Accounting Basics, Rispoprint Publishing House, Cluj-Napoca
9. Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in fields
significant for the program
The study of accounting Basics offers competency graduates to integrate European and international labour market, industry-specific accounting as well as
engaging in partnership relations with institutions and professional organizations of ROMANIA and others with similar responsibilities in the development
and professional improvement.
10. Assessment
Activity
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.4 Course
.........................................
10.5 Seminary/laboratory
....................................
10.2 Methods of evaluation
Final exam-questions grid type and oral
examination
Check on the way-questions grid type
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
20%
,
39
COURSE DESCRIPTION: PUBLIC FINANCES
1.Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5.Cycle of study
1.6. Study programme / qualification
2.Data about subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3. Titular of the seminar
2.4. Year of study
Public Finances
1
2.5 Semester
2
2.6 Evaluation
type
Exam/
Assessment
2.7Course
status
E2
DO
CS/CS
Compulsory
discipline/
Complementary discipline/
Fundamental
discipline/
Specialized discipline
3.Total estimated time (hours per semester of didactic activities)
3.1 Number of hours per week
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
3
42
of which: 3.2 course
of which: 3.5 course
Distribution of time fund
Study on manual, course support, bibliography and notes
Additional research at the library, on specialized electronic platforms and in the field
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, themes, papers, portfolios, and essays
Tutorials
Examinations
Other activities ………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
58
3.9 Total hours per semester
100
3.10 Number of credits
4
2
28
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
1
14
hou
rs
25
12
13
6
2
-
4. Preconditions (where necessary)
4.1 of curriculum
4.2 of competences
5. Conditions (where necessary)
5.1. to develop the course
5.2. to develop the
seminar/laboratory


Video projector, laptop
Video projector, laptop
6. Specific acquired competences
40
1. Knowledge, understanding concepts, theories and basic methods of the field and area of specialization, their appropriate use in
the professional communication

The identification, definition and implementation of the concepts regarding public finance, private finance, public
expenditure, budget expenditures, public financial resources, public borrowing, public debt, state budget, public finance;
theories regarding approaches of public finance of methods and instruments for the analysis of public expenditure and public
financial resources, the dimension of budget revenues and expenditures; methods and instruments for the analysis of direct
taxes, indirect taxes, public debt.

The identification, definition and implementation of methods, techniques and instruments for collecting, analyzing and
interpreting data related of calculation of method for placing loans by state on the internal market, of public debt.

The identification, definition and implementation of methods, techniques and instruments for collecting, analyzing and
interpreting data related to level, structure and dynamics of the expenditure and public financial resources.

Applying the knowledge, methods, techniques and instruments for achieving an economic and financial analysis based
consolidated general budget at a macroeconomic level.

Applying the knowledge, methods, techniques and instruments for conducting economic and financial operations.
Professional competences
2. Using the basic knowledge for explanation and interpretation of various types of concepts, situations, processes, projects, etc..
associated to the field
• The explanation and interpretation of concepts, theories, methods and financial instruments in entities / private and public organizations
- The explanation and interpretation of concepts regarding public finance, private finance, public expenditure, budget expenditures,
public financial resources, public borrowing, public debt, state budget.
- The explanation and interpretation of theories regarding the approaches of public finance of methods and instruments for the
analysis of public expenditure and public financial resources, the dimension of budget revenues and expenditures; methods and
instruments for the analysis of public debt.
• The explanation of methods, techniques and instruments for collecting, analyzing and interpreting data on an economical and financial
problem
- The explanation of the methods, analyzing instruments and interpretation of data related to the calculation of level, structure and
dynamics of the expenditure and public financial resources. of method for placing loans by state on the internal market, of public debt.
3. Applying basic principles and methods for solving problems / situations clearly defined, typical for the field in conditions of
skilled assistance
• The application of concepts, theories, methods and financial instruments in private and public entities in order to solve specific
problems
- The application of concepts regarding public finance, private finance, public expenditure, budget expenditures, public financial
resources, public borrowing, public debt, state budget.
- The application of theories regarding the approaches of public finance of methods and instruments for the analysis of public
expenditure and public financial resources, the dimension of budget revenues and expenditures; methods and instruments for the analysis
of public debt.
- The application of analyzing instruments of state loans, of public debt and of budget balance.
• The application of methods, techniques and instruments for collecting, analyzing and interpreting data on an economical and financial
problems
- The application of analyzing instruments and interpretation of data related to the method calculation of level, structure and
dynamics of the expenditure and public financial resources. of method for placing loans by state on the internal market, of public debt.
4. The appropriate use of criteria, standard evaluation methods in order to appreciate the quality and limitations of some
processes, programs, projects, concepts, methods and theories
• The critical evaluation of concepts, methods and financial instruments used to solve problems
- The critical evaluation of concepts regarding the public finance, private finance, public expenditure, budget expenditures, public
financial resources, public borrowing, public debt, state budget.
Transversal competences
- The critical evaluation of theories regarding the approaches of public finance of methods and instruments for the analysis of
public expenditure and public financial resources, the dimension of budget revenues and expenditures; methods and instruments for the
analysis of public debt.
5. The elaboration of professional projects by using principles and methods established in the field
• Performing of current financial and economic analysis based on data and information collected
- Performing of current financial and economic analysis based on data collected from the consolidated general budget on national
level.
1. The responsible execution of the professional duties, in conditions of limited autonomy and qualified support
• Appling the principles, norms and professional ethics values in their own rigorous, efficient and responsible work strategy.
- promoting a value system based on ethics and professional conduct.
2. Familiarity with roles and activities specific for teamwork and distributing tasks for subordinate levels
• The identification of roles and responsibilities in a multi specialized team and the application of relationships techniques and effective
working inside the team
- the cultivation of work discipline, performed correctly and on time, responsibility towards work and team spirit;
3. Awareness of the need for continue training, the efficiency use of resource and learning techniques for personal and professional
development
• Identify training opportunities and efficient use of resources and learning techniques for their own development
- identifying and developing partnerships with companies in order to achieve an approximation to the economic environment and
for the participation in their own professional development
7. Course objectives (proceeding from the grid of specific acquired competences)
7.1 General objectives of the course
The general objective taken into account by the incorporation in the educational plan of the
discipline PUBLIC FINANCE is to transmit to the students theoretical knowledge about the
content, functions, institutions and mechanisms of the financial activities related to the state
budget, public finance resources, public expenditure system, state loans, public debt, the budget
and budget process.
41
7.2 Specific objectives
1. Knowledge, understanding, explaining and interpretation:
• highlighting the importance of public finances.
• the presentation of the expenditure and public financial resources relevance on national level.
• the presentation of public debt.
• Understanding the concept of public budget and the principles of elaborating it.
• highlighting the role of budgetary process on national level
2. Instrumental applied:
• Ability to work with specific indicators of public expenditure and public financial resources
system;
• Building the evaluation competence of the main difficulties caused by the entire financial
activity of state;
• Ability to work with specific indicators of loans and public debt;
3. Attitude
• Understanding the role of the public expenditure system;
• Understanding the role of the public finances resources system.
8. Content
8.1 Course
Teaching methods
Observations
Traditional and modern methods:
CHAPTER 1 PUBLIC FINANCES - concept and functions
1.1. Evolution of the public finances concept
expositive method and that the of
1.2 Functions of public finance
interactiv dialogue, demonstration,
1.3. Public finance and private finance - similarities and differences
explanation, etc.
CHAPTER 2 FINANCIAL MECHANISM
2.1. The definition and components of the financial mechanism
2.2. Funds system of financial resources
2.3. The components of financial system
CHAPTER 3 FINANCIAL POLICY
3.1. The concept and characteristics of financial policy
3.2. The objectives of financial policy
CHAPTER 4. THE PUBLIC EXPENDITURE SYSTEM
4.1. The content and characterization of public expenditure
4.2. Economic and monetary appreciation of public expenditure
4.3. Classification of public expenditure
4.4. Level indicators of public expenditure
4.5. Structure indicators of public expenditure
4.6. Dynamic indicators of public expenditure
4.7. Expenditures general characterization for socio-cultural actions
CHAPTER 5. PUBLIC FINANCIAL RESOURCES
5.1 General characterization of financial resources
5.2. Grouping the public financial resources
5.3. Analyzing indicators of public financial resources
CHAPTER 6. STATE LOANS
6.1. Economic content of public credit
6.2. The technique of state loans
CHAPTER 7. PUBLIC DEBT
7.1. Public debt - general concepts
7.2. Analyzing indicators of internal and external public debt.
CHAPTER 8. PUBLIC BUDGET
8.1 The concept of public budget
8.2.The budget principles
8.3. Classical and modern methods for dimensioning the revenues and
expenditures budget
CHAPTER 9 THE BUDGETARY PROCESS
9.1. Phases and characteristics of the budget process
9.2. Cash execution of the budget through the banking and cash system
Bibliography:
•Ristea Luminita, Public Finance Course Notes CD - 2012.
• Mosteanu T., Public Finance, Course notes and applications for seminar 3rd edition, revised, University Publishing House, Bucharest, 2011
• Cioponea M., Public finance and fiscal theory, Published by Foundation Romania of Tomorrow, Bucharest, 2007
• Ristea Luminita, Trandafir Adina, Introduction to the public finances science , published by Muntenia, Constanţa, 2006
• Văcărel Iulian, Public Finance, 6st Edition, published by Didactic and Pedagogical RA, Bucharest, 2007
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
Teaching methods
Observations
1. The public expenditure system - level and structure indicators
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
2. The public expenditure system - dynamic indicators
dialogue, pair work, reading,
3.The public financial resources system - level and structure indicators
translation, case study, stimulation,
4. The public financial resources system – dynamic indicators
cooperation, problem solving, brain
5. Applications regarding state loans.
storming, etc.
6. Applications regarding public debt
7. Applications regarding public budget
42
Bibliography:
•Ristea Luminita, Public Finance Course Notes CD - 2012.
• Mosteanu T., Public Finance, Course notes and applications for seminar 3rd edition, revised, University Publishing House, Bucharest, 2011
• Cioponea M., Public finance and fiscal theory, Published by Foundation Romania of Tomorrow, Bucharest, 2007
• Ristea Luminita, Trandafir Adina, Introduction to the public finances science , published by Muntenia, Constanţa, 2006
• Văcărel Iulian, Public Finance, 6st Edition, published by Didactic and Pedagogical RA, Bucharest, 2007
9. Corroboration of the course content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme
The contents of the discipline PUBLIC FINANCES, answers to the requirements of academic communities by presenting theories, the interpretation of
concepts and specific instruments specific to the field approached, and also to the employers from the economic field (both public and private
institutions)through the implementation of some analyzing and interpreting instruments of data related to public expenditures and of public financial
resources, dimensioning revenues and expenditures, public debt, budget process.
10. Evaluation
Type of activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
The capacity to assimilate properly
and completely the knowledge, the
consistency in expression, the level
of assimilation of specialized
language.
Ability to present fairly and
completely, on the basis of the
consolidated national budget data ,
an analysis of public expenditure
and sources of funding. Accuracy
and quality of expression.
Assessment through various exercises,
dialogues, conversation, papers, mini-projects,
case studies
Final assessment/ Exam – grid test
Assessment – on line tests
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
20%
10.6 Minimal standard of performance

The identification, definition and implementation of the concepts regarding public finance, private finance, public expenditure, budget
expenditures, public financial resources, public borrowing, public debt, state budget, public finance; theories regarding approaches of public
finance of methods and instruments for the analysis of public expenditure and public financial resources, the dimension of budget revenues and
expenditures; methods and instruments for the analysis of direct taxes, indirect taxes, public debt.

The identification, definition and implementation of methods, techniques and instruments for collecting, analyzing and interpreting data related
of calculation method for placing loans by state on the internal market, of public debt.
43
COURSE DESCRIPTION: BUSINESS LAW
1.
Information on the academic program
1.1.Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4.Field
1.5.Study cycle
1.6.Program / Qualification
2.
Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Course organizer
2.3.Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
3.
Spiru Haret University, Bucharest
Accounting Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Accounting
University degree
Accounting and Business data processing
Business Law
I
2.5.Semest
er
1
2.6.Evaluation type
E
1
2.7.Course type
Estimated time (hours per semester) of teaching / learning activities
3.1 No. hours per week
4
3.4 No. hours in the curriculum
42
of which: 3.2 course
hours
of which: 3.5 course
hours
2
3.3 seminar / lab hours:
1
28
3.6 seminar / lab hours:
14
Distribution of teaching / learning time
Study of textbook, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminars / labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
30
3.9 Total hours per semester
75
3.10 No. of credits
3
hours
14
10
6
2
1
-
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related
5.
There is not the case
There is not the case
Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course
• classroom equipped with: blackboard, markers, video- projector, computer, projection screen
5.2. for the seminar / lab
• seminar room equipped with blackboard, marker
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
6.
Competences acquired during / after the course
- to develop the ability to select, combine and appropriately use knowledge, skills and other acquisitions (values and
attitudes) in order to successfully solve a certain type of work or learning situations, circumscribed to the profession, in terms
of effectiveness and efficiency .
- to develop teamwork skills, oral and written communication skills in the mother / foreign tongue
- to use the information and communication technology - ICT,
- to solve problems and make decisions,
- to recognize and respect diversity and multiculturalism, the autonomy of learning, to manifest initiative and
entrepreneurship, openness to lifelong learning, respect and development of values and ethics.
- to solve in real-time, under qualified assistance, a real / hypothetical problem at the workplace, following the rules of
professional ethics
- to achieve a work / project, by responsibly assuming tasks specific to the role played in a multi-specialized team
- to develop and support with arguments the application of a personal plan of professional development
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
The general objective of the course is to contribute to the intellectual, scientific and
practical training of students from economic faculties which prepare future
professionals in the fields of economic activities, namely marketing and international
economic business, financial and banking business, financial and commercial, public
and private business, by analyzing the most important legal institutions of business
law.
- to familiarize students with the principles, notions and concepts of business law, to
highlight key trends and guidelines manifested in coding the multitude and diversity
44
of regulations found in trade flows and also to highlight developments in our country
in the alignment to European and international business legislation.
- to know the law applicable to the business field.
- to understand the importance of business law in the economic activity;
- to understand the importance of the theoretical and practical application of the
principles of business law;
- to develop students' ability to understand business law implications on the economic
phenomena that they encounter every day.
8.
Contents
8.1 Course
Chapter I. Law business. Sources, relations with other branches of law
Chapter II. The production, trading or providing services activities.
Business law subjects
Chapter III. Professionals: natural and legal persons
Chapter IV. Economic Interest Group and European Economic Interest
Group
Chapter V. Tax havens
Chapter VI. Notions of consumer protection
Chapter VII. Conclusion of distance contracts
Chapter VIII. Negotiation techniques and tactics
Chapter IX. Commodities and stock exchanges
Chapter X. Contracts used in business 1
Chapter XI. Contracts used in business 2
Teaching methods
Oral presentation + multimedia
Oral presentation + multimedia
Observations
2 hours
2 hours
Oral presentation + multimedia
Oral presentation + multimedia
2 hours
2 hours
Oral presentation + multimedia
Oral presentation + multimedia
Oral presentation + multimedia
Oral presentation + multimedia
Oral presentation + multimedia
Oral presentation + multimedia
Oral presentation + multimedia
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
Chapter XII. Insolvency procedure 1
Oral presentation + multimedia
2 hours
Chapter XIII. Insolvency procedure 2
Oral presentation + multimedia
2 hours
Chapter XIV. Loan bonds
Oral presentation + multimedia
2 hours
Bibliography
1.Ciutacu F., - Drept comercial, Culegere de spete, legislatie comerciala, modele de contracte, modele de actiuni, Ed. Themis Cart, Bucuresti, 2003
2.Păun R.D., Dreptul afacerilor, Ed. Fundației România de Mâine, Bucuresti, 2011
3.Voica I. – Elemente de dreptul afacerilor, Ed. A.S.E., Bucuresti, 2010
4.Bitoleanu R., - Dreptul afacerilor, Ed. Europolis, Constanța, 2008
5.Cristea S.L. – Dreptul afacerilor – Pentru învătământul superior economic, Ed. Universitaria, Bucuresti, 2008
6. Noul Cod Civil, Ed. Universul Juridic, Bucuresti, 2011
8.2 Seminar / lab
Teaching methods
Observations
The role and importance of business law in economic activity;
Legal relationship of business law. Production, trade and services activities
Oral presentation + multimedia
2 hours
Trading companies
Oral presentation + multimedia
2 hours
International trade agreements
Oral presentation + multimedia
2 hours
Financing and lease contract
Oral presentation + multimedia
2 hours
The sale of goods contract
Other contracts governing the economic activity.
Oral presentation + multimedia
Oral presentation + multimedia
2 hours
2 hours
Bibiography
1.Ciutacu F., - Drept comercial, Culegere de spete, legislatie comerciala, modele de contracte, modele de actiuni, Ed.
Themis Cart, Bucuresti, 2003
2.Păun R.D., Dreptul afacerilor, Ed. Fundației România de Mâine, Bucuresti, 2011
3.Voica I. – Elemente de dreptul afacerilor, Ed. A.S.E., Bucuresti, 2010
4.Bitoleanu R., - Dreptul afacerilor, Ed. Europolis, Constanta, 2008
5.Cristea S.L. – Dreptul afacerilor – Pentru învătământul superior economic, Ed. Universitaria, Bucuresti, 2008
6. Noul Cod Civil, Ed. Universul Juridic, Bucuresti, 2011
9. Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in
fields significant for the program

The course content is consistent with what students study in other universities in the country and abroad. The course is permanently improved
under specific legislation in the field.
45
10. Assessment
Activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar / lab
10.1 Assessment criteria
10.2 Assessment method
10.3 Weight in the final
grade
20%
- The accuracy and completeness of
the knowledge acquired;
- The degree of assimilation of
specialized language;
- A general understanding of the
importance of the subject studied
and the connection with other
fundamental subjects;
Continuous assessment: partial exam on the
computer
Final assessment: computer exam
70%
- Ability to interpret legal issues
presented in the course;
- Logical coherence;
Continuous assessment: partial exam on the
computer
10%
10.6 Minimal performance standard
• to present the importance of business law and its role in the current activity of economic agents.
• to know the institutions specific to business law.
• to determine the importance of the legislation specific to business law on the accounting, finance and management activity
46
COURSE DESCRIPTION: GENERAL MANAGEMENT
1.Information about the programme
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5.Study cycle
1.6. Programme / Qualification
Spiru Haret University Bucharest
Financial Accounting Management Constanța
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanța
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Course organizer
2.3.Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
General Management
1
2.5.Semester
1
2.6.Evaluation type
E1
2.7.Course type
CS/SS
Compulsory Subject/
Speciality Subject
3. Estimated time (hours per semester) of teaching / learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
3
3.4 No. hours in the curriculum
42
3.2 of which course
hours:
3.5 of which course
hours:
2
28
3.3 of which seminar / lab
hours:
3.6 of which seminar / lab
hours:
Distribution of teaching / learning time
Study of textbook, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminars / labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
55
3.9 Total hours per semester
100
3.10 No. of credits
4
1
14
hours
30
10
15
1
2
-
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related


5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminar / lab


classroom equipped with video projector and projection screen, computer and Internet connection
classroom equipped with video projector and projection screen, computer and Internet connection
Transversal Professional
competences competences
6. Competences acquired during / after the course
• Understand the concepts, theories, principles, specific models for management system and its subsystems;
• Ability to apply specific tools to managerial functions;
• Ability to design a scientifically based process of decision making.
• The ability to ensure a fair correlation between performance and reward;
• Ability to work under a strict plan and organization;
• Ability to apply principles and rules of professional ethics and values specific managerial activity.
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
Understand the management processes in the contemporary economy, the concept of management and the need for
science-based management of modern economic entities and assimilation of various methods and models for
management decision making.
• Develop a management perspective on the activities within firms;
• Understanding the three-dimensional structure of management processes;
• Knowledge of management principles and their application in specific socio-economic contexts;
• Develop the capacity to use specific methods and management techniques.
8. Contents
8.1 Course
Chapter I Management Concept
1.1. Approaches to management concept
1.2. The evolution of management theory and practice
1.3. The evolution of management in Romania
1.4. The role of managers in contemporary society
Chapter II Organization and management
2.1. The notion of organization
2.2. The notion of firm
2.3. Establishment and liquidation of companies
Teaching methods
Observations
4 hours
Systematic exposure, case study,
discussion, conversation
4 hours
47
2.4. SMEs
Chapter III Management structure and its components
3.1. Management functions
3.2.Funcţiunile company
3.3. Management operations
3.4.Three Dimensional structure of management
3.5. Vertical division of management
Chapter IV Planning
4.1. General characteristics of planning
4.2. Planning process
4.3. Strategic Planning
4.4. Planning tools
Chapter V Organizing
5.1. General characteristics of organizing
5.2. Organizing subsystem
5.3. Process organizing
5.4. Structural organizing
Chapter VI Influencing
6.1.Influencing and leadership skills
6.2. Communication
6.3. Planning, recruitment, selection and valuation of human resources
6.4. Motivation
Chapter VII Controlling
7.1. Fundamentals of controlling
7.2. Controlling subsystem
7.3. Types and methods of control
7.4. Management and controlling production
Chapter VIII. Decision and decision process
8.1. Fundamentals of decision
8.2. Decision typology
8.3. The decision process
8.4. Methods and models of decision making
Bibliography
1. Ipate, Dragoş, Pârvu Iuliana, Dăneci-Pătrău Daniel, Management general, Ed. FRM, București 2012
2. Ipate, Dragoş, Elemente fundamentale in managementul organizatiei, Editura Universitara, București, 2007
3. Gâf-Deac M., Îndrumar pentru management general, Ed. FFRM, București 2007.
8.2 Seminar / lab
Teaching methods
Exercising planning within a company
Analysis and design of a business organization
Systematic exposure, case study,
Motivating employees - case study
discussion, conversation
Documents used in exercising control
Mathematical methods of decision making
Bibliography
1. Ipate, Dragoş, Pârvu Iuliana, Dăneci-Pătrău Daniel, Management general, Ed. FRM, București 2012
2. Ipate, Dragoş, Elemente fundamentale in managementul organizatiei, Editura Universitara, București, 2007
3. Gâf-Deac M., Îndrumar pentru management general, Ed. FFRM, București 2007.
2 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
2 hours
4 hours
Observations
2 hours
4 hours
2 hours
2 hours
4 hours
9. Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in fields
significant for the program
General Management discipline contributes to student involvement in learning and assimilating the management concepts and fundamental principles,
thereby creating specific managerial mindsets useful in scientific and professional approaches that will run future students / graduates. Discipline thus proves
its usefulness epistemic perspective but also in terms of graduates' professional lives, in that management principles are not only some rules to be driven by
socio-economic entities, but is a correct way of thinking and behavior in the various situations encountered during their working lives.
10. Assessment
Activity
10.1 Assessment criteria
10.2 Assessment method
Knowledge of concepts, theories, principles, models specific
Final checking – grid test and oral
management system and its subsystems;
examination
Ability to apply specific tools managerial functions;
10.5 Seminar /
The ability to use mathematical methods in decision making
Partial checking – grid test
lab
Ability to plan and organize a series of activities to achieve the
objectives
10.6 Minimal performance standard
• Ability to explain specific management dimensional and identify the components of the three-dimensional structure.
• The ability to use decision tools
10.3 Weight in the
final grade
10.4 Course
80%
20%
48
COURSE DESCRIPTION: PROJECT MANAGEMENT
1.Information about the programme
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5.Study cycle
1.6. Programme / Qualification
Spiru Haret University Bucharest
Financial Accounting Management Constanța
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanța
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1. Name of subject
2.2.Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
Project Management
I
2.5Semester
II
2.6 Evaluation type
E
2.7Coursestat
us
CS/SS
Compulsory
Subject/
Speciality Subject
3. Estimated time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
3.2 of which course hours
3
3.4 Number of hours in the curriculum
42
3.5 of which course hours
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on specialised electronic platforms, on the fieldwork
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, home assignments, papers, portfolios, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities: Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
75
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
1
14
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
2
28
Hours
30
25
20
2
2
4
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)


4.1 curriculum- related
4.2 competence - related
Management
Ability to design a complete and correct management process in terms of management principles.
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminary/laboratory


Classrom equipped with projector, projector screen, computer, Internet.
Classrom equipped with mobile equipment so that dynamic and teamwork are allowed.
Professional
competences




The ability to identify economical-social issues in business activity, which can be solved by project implementation;
The ability to create optimal strategies in order to achieve the project objectives;
Ability to predict the specific risks of the projects in order to develop the risk response;
Right scientific and technical attitude to use specific methods and techniques of the project management.
Transversal
competences
6. Competences acquired during/after the course

The ability to identify roles and responsabilities within a multidisciplinary team and to apply techniques and effective work
relationships;
The ability of independent work;
Familiarity with managerial labor discipline.


7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
 Develop a strategic overview of the steps that need to take a project manager in order to
successfully implement the project, and also of the limits and advantages of the project
management.
 Understanding the opportunity of the project management implementation within the
organizations;
 Assimilation of the methods and techniques used for estimating project times and costs;
 Understanding how to prepare documents for aquisition external resources, respecting legal
requirements;
 Understanding risk management process – risk identification; risk assessment; risk response
development; contingency planning;
 Understanding how to manage project teams.
8. Content
8.1 Course
1. Generalities on project management
1.1. The characteristics of the project
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive
method,
inter-active
Observations
2 hours
49
1.2. Project management – concept, structure, typology
dialogue, demonstration, explanation,
1.3. The strategic management process – an overview
etc.
1.4. Project manager's roles and responsibilities
1.5. EU Funds in Romania (2007 – 2013)
1 hour
2. Techniques to identify opportunity and purpose of project
implementation
2.1. Organization issues solved by project management
2.2. Defining the project scope and objectives
2.3. Project strategy
2 hours
3. Developing a project plan
3.1. Creating the Work Breakdown Structure
3.2. Estimating time of project implementation
3.3. Estimating project's costs and budget
3.4. The project methodology
2 hours
4.
Scheduling resources
4.1. The project resources acquisition plan
4.2. The public acquisition process
4.3. Financial management process
2 hours
5.
Managing Risk
5.1. Risk identification
5.2. Risk Response Development
2 hours
6.
Managing project teams
6.1. The five-stage team development model
6.2. Building high-performance project teams
2 hours
7.
Managing project communication
7.1. Developing communication plan for projects
7.2. Managing conflicts
1 hour
8.
Managing project quality
8.1. Planning project quality
8.2. Controlling the project quality
8.3. Project quality assessment
Bibliografy:
1. Pârvu, I., Managementul proiectelor, Ed. FRM, București 2012
2. Simionescu A., Managementul proiectelor, Ed. Economică, București 2008
3. Trevor L Young, Managementul proiectelor de succes, Ed. Rentrop&Straton, 2008
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
Teaching methods
Observations
Advantages and limits of the project management structures
2 hours
Stake-holders' analyze
2 hours
Using WBS technique
4 hours
Traditional and modern methods:
PERT and PERT Simulation
4 hours
explanation, exercise, conversation,
Steps of the project methodology
2 hours
dialogue, pair work, reading, case
Public acquisitions procedures
4 hours
studies, stimulation, cooperation,
Risk response planning
4 hours
problem solving, brain storming
Communication plan
2 hours
Techniques of managing conflicts
2 hours
Documents to formalize project team
2 hours
Bibliografy:
1. Pârvu, I., Managementul proiectelor, Ed. FRM, București 2012
2. Le Dantec T., Managementul proiectelor prin exemple, Ed. CH Beck, București 2009
3.
Nistorescu T., Constantinescu D., Managementul proiectelor. Fundamente, metode și tehnici, Ed. Sitech, București 2008
9.
Course's relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations and representative employers in fields
significant for the programme

Project Management develops the ability of the graduates to practice rigorously and professionally as a project manager, which implies the ability
to identify, select and use methods of forecasting, organization, coordination, training and monitoring-evaluation in the context of dynamic activities, carried
on during limited periods of time. Since these are qualities appreciated and expected by employers, the discipline contributes to increase the graduates'
chances to the labor market. However, the discipline generates students' interest in the project management professional development by attending further
training courses and membership representative organizations in the field.
10. Assessment
Activity
10.4 Course
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
Knowing the specific elements that
define the methods and techniques
used in project planning (e.g.
SMART technique, WBS, critical
path etc.).
Knowledge of various types of
project risks and risk response
methods
Final checking – grid test and oral examination
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
50
10.5 Seminary/laboratory
The ability to properly use specific
techniques and methods of project
management
The ability to develop useful
working methodologies in project
management
Ability to work independently
Partial checking – grid test
20%
10.6 Minimal performance standard

Ability to identify situations of economic and social life which can be managed by project management techniques and knowledge of the steps
to be taken in planning a project.
51
COURSE DESCRIPTION: MARKETING
1.Information about the programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Financial Accounting Management Constanța
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanța
Management
Undergraduate
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Programme /Qualification
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3. Titular of the seminars
2.4. Year of study
Marketing
I
2.5 Semester
II
2.6 Evaluation type
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
of which: 3.2 course
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
42
of which: 3.5 course
Distribution of teaching/learning time Hours
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminar/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities, Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
58
3.9 Total hours per semester
100
3.10 Number of credits
4
4. Prerequisites (where
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related
E2
2
28
2.7 Discipline
CS/CS
Compulsory
Subject/
Complementary Subject
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
1
14
hours
20
20
10
4
2
2
relevant)


Statistics, Sociology, Informatics, Trade basis
Capability to formulate a market research
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)


5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminars
Class equipped with video projector and protection screen, computer and internet connexion
Class equipped with video projector and protection screen, computer and internet connexion
6. Competences acquired during/after the course

Assimilation of theoretical information about:
- the role of marketing within economic entities;
- the importance of correct placing the society towards the market and other possible placings;
- the importance of assuring consumer's satisfaction and how this can be achieved;
- methods of strategic planning within the society to face the competition;
- elaboration of a marketing plan;
- informational marketing systems in order to achieve a valuable marketing research.
Transversal
competences
Professional competences

Explanation and interpretation of management and marketing principles, procedures and mechanisms underlying the economic
activity of the society, explanation of the importance of acquired abilities.

Acquirement of abilities concerning:
- correct positioning of society from its attitude point of view towards market structures based on learned abilities;
- conception of an efficient scheme of the value offered to customers;
- conception of a marketing plan;
- use of the scientific marketing tool.

Skills to apply and transfer conceptual-technique abilities in application of knowledge through involvement in the present activity of
the society

Application of theoretical knowledge from marketing area in the practical activity.

Promotion of an attitude, of a behaviour based on ethics, preservation of confidentiality of classified data;

Formation of an ethic and responsible behaviour in the practical activity deployed;

Encouragement of personal reflection and auto-formation, promotion of learning through group dynamics, team work with
other specialists, flexible approach of marketing phenomena;

Development of a pro-active attitude towards marketing role in the society development on long term.

Opening to new opportunities in the society benefit.

Ability to negotiate.
52
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
7.1.1. Development of a professionals category in the marketing area in Romania which contribute to the acquirement
of the competitive advantage on the market, for the organisations in which they will activate as managers or specialists;
7.1.2. Development of knowledge, abilities and performance in marketing, assurance of necessary conditions for the deployment
at high standards of the training activity of the future marketing professionals.
7.1.3. Favourable positioning of marketing and marketing jobs in Romania, within university and business level.
7.2.1. Assimilation and understanding, explanation and interpretation
 Assimilation of concepts, theories, specific marketing patterns;
 Familiarization with markets and consumer's behavior;
 Application in practice of theories through market research.
 Interpretation of employees attitudes and marketing managers in different situations
 Explanation of interdisciplinary utility.
7.2.2 Instrumental-applicative
 Organization and administration of processes, means and activities management for quality businesses and high efficiency;
 Capability to identify opportunities and risks in international business.
 Performance assessment at economic entities level – methods.
 Use of questionnaire in market research;
 Market and consumer's behavior investigation tools.
7.2.3. Attitudinal
 Application of concepts, theories and fundamental investigation methods in the economic area characteristic to
business environment, to organization and their administration in conditions of efficiency;
 Capacity to synthesize and interpret an information set in the training area, to solve basic problems in their area
and to evaluate possible conclusions;
 Independent analysis of problems, with influence or decisive in business management area and the capability to
communicate and demonstrate chosen solutions;
 Capacity to evaluate complex problems and communicate demonstratively the results of specific evaluations;
 Initiative in analysis and problem solving.
 Managing, constructive and highly responsible spirit between work relationships for quality, efficiency and
protection and security of natural environment, for sustainable business, of great use to social and economic environment;
7.2.4. Cognitive competences:
 Development of student capability to understand marketing phenomena that acts in the external environment
of the organization;
 Student's acknowledgement related to the necessity to develop new research methods;
 Identification and solving opportunities and threats of the marketing environment.
8. Content
8.1 Course
8.1.1. Marketing between theory and practice
8.1.2. Content of marketing environment
8.1.3. Society market
8.1.4. Marketing research
8.1.5. Methods and techniques of marketing
information collection and analysis
8.1.6. Study of consumer's behaviour
8.1.7. Market strategy
8.1.8. Product policy
Teaching methods
Rendering and conversational methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral communication
Observations
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
4 hours
8.1.9. Price policy
Rendering and conversational methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral communication
2 hours
2 hours
4 hours
2 hours
8.1.10. Distribution policy
Rendering and conversational methods of oral communication
2 hours
8.1.11. Promotional policy
Rendering and conversational methods of oral communication
2 hours
8.1.12. Marketing previsions
Rendering and conversational methods of oral communication
2 hours
Bibliography
1. Bondrea, A.A., -Introduction in Marketing, “Fundația România de Mâine” Publishing house, Bucharest, 2011;
2. Epure, M., Gârdan, D. A., Geangu, I.P., Gudei, S.C, - Marketing research. Theory, aplications, problems to solve, auto-evaluation questions, “Fundația
România de Mâine” Publishing house, Bucharest, 2006;
3. Epure, M.,- Modern methods and techniques in marketing research, “Fundația România de Mâine” Publishing house, Bucharest, 2006;
4. Florescu Constantin, - Marketing, Expert Publishing house, Bucharest, 1992.
5. Florescu Constantin, Balaure Virgil, Boboc Ștefan, Cătoiu Iacob, Olteanu Valerică, Pop Nicolae Alexandru, Marketing, Bucharest, Marketer Publishing
house- Marketing and Management Academic Group, 1992.
6.Kotler Philip, -Marketing management, Teora Publishing house, Bucharest, 1999.
7.Mitran, P. C., - Seminar notebook , Checking tests and practical applications, Third Edition, revised, HIG Muntenia Publishing house, Constanţa, 2007;
8.Mitran, P.C., -Marketing, “Fundația România de Mâine” Publishing house, Bucharest, 2011;
9.Olaru,S., - Marketing. Introductive Elements, “Fundația România de Mâine” Publishing house, Bucharest, 2008;
10.Pistol, Gh.,- Marketing, “Fundația România de Mâine” Publishing house, Bucharest, 2009.
Teaching methods
Observations
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
8.2.1. Checking test at Marketing basis
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
1 hour
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
53
8.2.2. Checking test at Marketing research
8.2.3. Checking test at promotional techniques
8.2.4. Checking test at Consumer's behaviour
study
8.2.5. Checking test at Marketing environment analysis
8.2.6. Checking test at Selling force management
8.2.7. Auto-evaluation test at Strategic Marketing
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
2 hours
1 hour
1 hour
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
1 hour
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
Practical application
1 hour
8.2.8. Case study
Bibliography
1. Ph. Kotler, Management of Marketing activity, Teora Publishing House, Bucharest, 1997;
2 Romanian Collection of Marketing Magazine
1 hour
4 hours
9. Course’s
relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in fields
significant for the program

Premises of collaboration with Statistics Institute, Village and City halls are realized
10. Assessment
Activity
10.4Course
10.5 Seminary/laboratory
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
Knowledge of basic concepts in
marketing, principles and specific
techniques
Ability to develop, in summary
form a marketing strategy
10.2 Methods of evaluation
Final checking – grid test and oral examination
Partial checking – grid test
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
20%
10.6 Minimal standard of performance

Familiarity with marketing functions.

Familiarity with the main theoretical approaches concerning marketing concept.

Familiarity with the market dimensions.

Acknowledgement of the main aspects concerning marketing strategies.

Assimilation of methods to obtain information in marketing research.
Participation to the seminar
54
COURSE DESCRIPTION: SOCIOLOGY
1.
Information on the academic program
1.1.Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Departatment
1.4.Field
1.5.Study cycle
1.6.Program/Qualification
Spiru Haret University
Faculty of Management Constanta
Management
Sociology
Undergraduate
Management
2.Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Codul disciplinei
2.3. Course organizer
2.4.Seminar organizer
2.5. Year of study
Sociology
M I 207
I
2.6.Semester
2
2.7. Evaluation type
CV2
2.8.Course type
C
3.Estimated time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number hours per week:
3.4 No. of hours in the curriculum:
2
28
3.2 of which course hours
3.5 of which course
hours
1
14
3.3 of which seminar/lab hours
3.6 of which seminar/lab hours
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbook, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in the library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminars/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Others ………
22
3.7 Total hours of individual study
50
3.9 Total hours per semester
5
3.10 No.of credits
1
14
Hours
7
2
7
2
2
2
4. Prerequisites(where relevant)
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related
Knowledge in Sociology gained during high school
Ability to learn and use the knowledge in the Sociology field
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
Projector, internet access computers
5.1. for the course
Projector, internet access computers
5.2. for the seminar/lab
Transversal
competences
Profession
al
competen
ces
6. Competences acquired during / after the course
PC1.The student should be able to know, understand and make use of the knowledge in Sociology field
PC2.The student should be familiar with all the topics discussed;
PC3.The student should be able to know and understand the knowledge in Sociology
TC1.The student will be able to work in a team, to socially interact and be able to comunicate;
TC2.The student will be able to participate in scientific conferences, radio and/or TV broadcasting on legal topics connected to the topics of
the seminars;
TC3.The student will respect and develop personal and professional values and ethics;
TC4.The student will be able to make use of IT;
TC5.The student will be able to solve problems, make decisions;
TC6.The student will learn independence, openness towards life-long learning and responsibility
7. Course objectives(as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Main objectives
7.2 Specific objectives
To provide knowledge in the field of sociology
1.to understand the concepts of Sociology
2.to get familiar with all the topics discussed;
3.to get familiar with the development of Sociology
8.Contents
8.1 Course
1. Purpose and methods of sociology managerial
2. Dimensions of human personality within the company as an organization
3. The role of motivation in business performance
Teaching methods
Observations
55
4. Forms of communication within the company
5. Human resource management, human factor in business organization
6. Management strategies for recruitment and selection of staff
7. The role of psychosocial factors in work groups work
Bibliography
• BECKER, G., (1994) Human behavior. Bucharest: ALL Publishing House
• CRAIOVAN, P. (2006) Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources, Bucharest: University Publishing House
• Rusu, C., Voicu, M., (1993) ABC's manager, IASI: Ed GEORGE ASACHI
•VLĂSCEANU, Mihaela, (2003) Organizations and organizational behavior, Bucharest : Polirom
• Zlate, M., (2004) Organizational psychology, Bucharest : Polirom
• VOICU, A., (2011) Psychosociology management, lecture notes, Constanta: Spiru Haret University
8.2 Seminar / lab
Observations
-Sociology managerial methods
-Status and role of the manager in firm performance
- Forms of communication within the company
-Recruitment management strategies
- HR Selection
-Organizational career management
-The role of psychosocial factors in work groups work
-essays
-study-case
Bibliography
• BECKER, G., (1994) Human behavior. Bucharest: ALL Publishing House
• CRAIOVAN, P. (2006) Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources, Bucharest: University
Publishing House
• Rusu, C., Voicu, M., (1993) ABC's manager, IASI: Ed GEORGE ASACHI
• • VLĂSCEANU, Mihaela, (2003) Organizations and organizational behavior, Bucharest :
Polirom
• Zlate, M., (2004) Organizational psychology, Bucharest : Polirom
• VOICU, A., (2011) Psychosociology management, lecture notes, Constanta: Spiru Haret
University
9.Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in fields
significant for the program
Graduates will be able to use properly the knowledge provided in the reference course field.
10.ASSESSMENT
Activity
10.1 Assessment criteria
10.2 Assessment methods
10.4 Course
Knowledge complexity and
reliability
Periodical test papers and final evaluation
10.5 Seminars
The creativity and originality of the
essays
Analysis of the essay`s quality and originality
10.6 Minimal performance standard
10.3 Weight in the
final grade
70%
30%
50%
56
COURSE DESCRIPTION: ENGLISH 1: ENGLISH LANGUAGE FOR DAILY USE
1. Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanța
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5.Cycle of study
1.6. Programme of study / qualification
2.Data about subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3. Titular of the seminars
2.4. Year of study
English 1: English Language for Daily Use
1
2.5 Semester
I
2.6 Type of
evaluation
PV1assessment1
2.7Course
status
CD/CD
Compulsory
Discipline/Com
plementary
Discipline
3.Total estimated time (hours of didactic activities per semester)
3.1 Number of hours per week
2
of which: 3.2 course
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
28
of which: 3.5 course
Distribution of time fund
Study on manual, course support, bibliography and notes
Additional research at the library, on specialised electronic platforms and on the field
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, themes, papers, portfolios, and essays
Tutorials
Examinations
Other activities ………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
3.9 Total hours per semester
3.10 Number of credits
1
14
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
1
14
hours
18
10
12
4
3
-
43
75
3
4. Preconditions (where necessary)


4.1 of curriculum
4.2 of competences
English language knowledge of lower intermediate level
5. Conditions (where necessary)
5.1. to develop the course
5.2. to develop the
seminar/laboratory


classroom equipped with video projector
language cabinet equipped with TV, PC with internet access and CD player
Professional
competences
6. Specific acquired competences
Knowledge and use of the communicative functions of the language:

Reception of messages transmitted orally or in writing in different situations of communication

Production of oral or written messages appropriate in certain contexts

Performing interactions in oral and/or written communication

Transfer and mediation of oral and/or written messages in various situations of communication
Transversal
competences
Acquisition of attitudinal skills






Awareness of the English language contribution to the spreading of contemporary culture
Critical reporting to British and American civilization, acceptance of differences and development of tolerance
Awareness of the cultural stereotypes and fight against them
Development of independent, critical and reflective thinking by receiving a variety of texts in English
Manifestation of flexibility in the exchange of ideas in different communication situations
Identification of roles and responsibilities in a multi-specialised team and application of techniques for relationships and efficient
work within the team
7. Course objectives (proceeding from the grid of specific acquired skills)
7.1 General objectives of the subject
 improvement of oral and written communication skills aimed at professional and
scientific activity
 strengthening the capacity for analysis and synthesis of information contained in an
elementary level speech
 development of the most important language skills: reading comprehension, writing
(essays, reviews, letters, etc.), speaking, and listening comprehension
57
7.2 Specific objectives
-
 acquisition and study of basic grammar structures
 the provision of information coming from English language
 the ability to produce and interpret meaningful utterances which are formed in
accordance with the rules of the English language
development of skills of comprehension and utterance of messages specific to daily use;
-
updating of linguistic and cultural knowledge, adapting them to specific contexts;
-
gradual acquisition of vocabulary related to daily use in order to exloit it later in
professional and scientific activity;
perfection of transfer (translation) competence from the foreign language into the native
language and vice versa of the texts belonging to daily use.
-
8. Content
8.1 Course
1. Unit 1 - Identification. Meeting New People
Unit 2 – Education. Career
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
interactive dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Observations
2
2
Unit 3 – Home. Environment
1
Unit 4 – Travelling. Accommodation
1
Unit 5 – The Human Body. Health
1
Unit 6 – Going Shopping. Money
2
Unit 7 – Food. Eating out
1
Unit 8 – Entertainment. Sports and hobbies
1
Unit 9 – Media. Communication
1
Unit 10 – Introduction to the European Union
2
Bibliography
Barbu A., Chirimbu S., English Language for Daily Use, Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti, 2006
Boarcăş Camelia, World of Business, Editura Europolis, Constanţa, 2006
Optional bibliography
1.Thompson A. J., Martinet, Av., A Practical English Grammar, Oxford University Press, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1995
2. Costache, I., Ghid de conversaţie şi civilizaţie român-englez, Editura Aramis, Bucureşti, 2005
3.Vasilescu, Dumbrăvescu, Burcea, Niculescu, Dicţionar de termeni economici (român-englez-francez-spaniol), Editura Polirom, Iaşi, 2008
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
Teaching methods
Observations
Present Simple and Present Continuous
Traditional and modern methods:
1
explanation, exercise, conversation,
Present Perfect Simple and Continuous
1
dialogue, pair work, reading,
Past Simple and Continuous
1
translation, case study, stimulation,
Past Perfect Simple and Continuous
1
cooperation, problem solving, brain
Means of expressing Future
1
storming, etc.
Tenses in English
2
Modal verbs
2
The Noun
1
Noun Plurals
1
The Article, The Adjective
1
Revision
2
Bibliography
Barbu A., Chirimbu S., English Language for Daily Use, Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti, 2006
Boarcăş Camelia, World of Business, Editura Europolis, Constanţa, 2006
Optional bibliography
1.Thompson A. J., Martinet, Av., A Practical English Grammar, Oxford University Press, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1995
2. Costache, I., Ghid de conversaţie şi civilizaţie român-englez, Editura Aramis, Bucureşti, 2005
3. Vasilescu, Dumbrăvescu, Burcea, Niculescu, Dicţionar de termeni economici (român-englez-francez-spaniol), Editura Polirom, Iaşi, 2008
9. Corroboration of subject content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme
At the end of the 1st semester students will be able to communicate orally and in written in the English language, in different situations related to certain
aspects of the daily discourse.
10. Evaluation
Type of activity
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
58
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
General criteria of evaluation
- complexity and correctness of the
language used
- ability to use the acquired
knowledge in various and complex
situations of communication
- expressivity, fluency and logical
coherence in utterance
- avoidance of subjective evaluation
and appreciation
Specific criteria of evaluation
- ability to use correctly grammar
and vocabulary notions
- capacity to perfect their
pronunciation
- ability to express clearly, fluently
and naturally, without major
mistakes
Final assessment
examination
–
grid
Partial assessment– grid test
test and
oral
80%
20%
10.6 Minimal standard of performance

Solving some items of communication in English with a low level of difficulty
59
COURSE DESCRIPTION: FRENCH 1: FRENCH LANGUAGE FOR DAILY USE
1.Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5.Cycle of study
1.6. Programme of study / qualification
2.Data about subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3. Titular of the seminars
2.4. Year of study
French 1: French Language for Daily Use
1
2.5 Semester
I
2.6
Type
evaluation
3.Total estimated time (hours of didactic activities per semester)
3.1 Number of hours per week
2
of which: 3.2 course
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
28
of which: 3.5 course
Distribution of time fund
Study on manual, course support, bibliography and notes
Additional research at the library, on specialised electronic platforms and on the field
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, themes, papers, portfolios, and essays
Tutorials
Examinations
Other activities ………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
43
3.9 Total hours per semester
75
3.10 Number of credits
3
4. Preconditions (where necessary)
4.1 of curriculum
4.2 of competences


5. Conditions (where necessary)
5.1. to develop the course
5.2. to develop the
seminar/laboratory
Professional
competences
6. Specific
of
1
14
PV1assessment
1
2.7Cour
se status
CS/CS
Compulsory Subject/
Complementary
Subject
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
1
14
hours
18
10
12
4
3
-
French language knowledge of lower intermediate level


classroom equipped with video projector
language cabinet equipped with TV, PC with internet access and CD player
acquired competences
Knowledge and use of the communicative functions of the language:

Reception of messages transmitted orally or in writing in different situations of communication

Production of oral or written messages appropriate in certain contexts

Performing interactions in oral and/or written communication

Transfer and mediation of oral and/or written messages in various situations of communication
Transversal
competences
Acquisition of attitudinal skills






Awareness of the French language contribution to the spreading of contemporary culture
Critical reporting to French civilization, acceptance of differences and development of tolerance
Awareness of the cultural stereotypes and fight against them
Development of independent, critical and reflective thinking by receiving a variety of texts in French
Manifestation of flexibility in the exchange of ideas in different communication situations
Identification of roles and responsibilities in a multi-specialised team and application of techniques for relationships and efficient
work within the team
7. Course objectives (proceeding from the grid of specific acquired skills)
7.1 General objectives of the subject
 improvement of oral and written communication skills aimed at professional and
scientific activity
 strengthening the capacity for analysis and synthesis of information contained in an
60
7.2 Specific objectives
-
elementary level speech
 development of the most important language skills: reading comprehension, writing
(essays, reviews, letters, etc.), speaking, and listening comprehension
 acquisition and study of basic grammar structures
 the provision of information coming from French language
 the ability to produce and interpret meaningful utterances which are formed in
accordance with the rules of the French language
development of skills of comprehension and utterance of messages specific to daily use;
-
updating of linguistic and cultural knowledge, adapting them to specific contexts;
-
gradual acquisition of vocabulary related to daily use in order to exloit it later in
professional and scientific activity;
-
perfection of transfer (translation) competence from the foreign language into the native
language and vice versa of the texts belonging to daily use.
8. Content
8.1 Course
Unité 1 - SALUER / SE PRESENTER
Unité 2 – LES PAYS / LES NATIONALITES
Unité 3 – DEMANDER SON CHEMIN
Teaching methods
Traditional
and
modern
methods: expositive method
and that the of interactive
dialogue,
demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Observations
1
1
1
Unité 4 – A L’HOTEL
1
Unité 5 – TELEPHONER
1
Unité 6 – APPELER UN TAXI/ PRENDRE LE METRO,
LE TRAIN OU L’AVION
2
Unité 7 – LA FAMILLE / A TABLE
2
Unité 8 – DANS LES MAGASINS
1
Unité 9 – ME VOILA ETUDIANT! LA VIE
UNIVERSITAIRE
Unité 10 – LES PROFESSIONS ET LES JOBS
2
2
Bibliography
Drăgoi–Făinişi, Sabina şi Emilia Bondrea, Le français en situations, ediţia a IV-a, Editura Fundaţiei „România de Mâine”, Bucureşti,
2007
Stănescu, Amelia - A la recherche d’un plaisir... économique, Editura Europolis, Constanţa, 2004
Optional bibliography
1. Buffard, Thérèse, Franceza tematică, Editura Niculescu, Bucureşti, 2004
2. Cotea, Lidia şi Ileana Busuioc, Ghid de conversaţie şi civilizaţie român-francez cu suport multimedia, Editura Aramis, Bucureşti,
2005
3.Vasilescu, Dumbrăvescu, Burcea, Niculescu, Dicţionar de termeni economici (român-englez-francez-spaniol), Editura Polirom,
Iaşi, 2008
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
Les pronoms personnels sujets; L’indicatif présent des
verbes
Le pluriel et le genre des noms; La négation en français; Les
pronoms possessifs et démonstratifs
Les articles – défini, indéfini, partitif; Les pronoms
interrogatifs; L’imparfait
L’adjectif qualificatif; Le passé composé de l’indicatif; Le
plus-que-parfait de l’indicatif
Les adjectifs déterminatifs; Les verbes pronominaux
Le futur proche; Le passé récent; Les pronoms compléments
(COD, COI); Les pronoms adverbiaux en et y
Le futur simple; Les adverbes; L’impératif
Les pronoms relatifs et indéfinis; L’interrogation en français;
Le conditionnel présent et passé
La règle du SI conditionnel; La concordance des temps à
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern
methods: explanation, exercise,
conversation, dialogue, pair
work, reading, translation, case
study, stimulation, cooperation,
problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Observations
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
61
l’indicatif
Les verbes impersonnels; Le subjonctif
1
Revision
2
Bibliography
Drăgoi–Făinişi, Sabina şi Emilia Bondrea, Le français en situations, ediţia a IV-a, Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti,
2007
Bondrea E., Iliuţă G., Le français en situations, Discours quotidien, Applications type tests, Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine,
Bucureşti, 2006
Cristea T., Bondrea E., Eléments de grammaire française, Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti, 2004
Optional bibliography
1. Jeanrenaud, Alfred, Langue française contemporaine, Editura Polirom, Iaşi, 1996
2. Buffard, Thérèse, Franceza tematică, Editura Niculescu, Bucureşti, 2004
3. Cotea, Lidia şi Ileana Busuioc, Ghid de conversaţie şi civilizaţie român-francez cu suport multimedia, Editura Aramis, Bucureşti,
2005
4.Vasilescu, Dumbrăvescu, Burcea, Niculescu, Dicţionar de termeni economici (român-englez-francez-spaniol), Editura Polirom,
Iaşi, 2008
5. Grosu, Jana, Limba franceză – Teste grilă pentru admiterea în facultăţi, Editura Teora, Bucureşti, 2000
9. Corroboration
of subject content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives,
professional associations and employers representative for the programme
At the end of the 1st semester students will be able to communicate orally and in written in the French language, in different situations
related to certain aspects of the daily discourse.
10.
Evaluation
Type of activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
General criteria of evaluation
- complexity and correctness of the
language used
- ability to use the acquired
knowledge in various and complex
situations of communication
- expressivity, fluency and logical
coherence in utterance
- avoidance of subjective evaluation
and appreciation
Specific criteria of evaluation
- ability to use correctly grammar
and vocabulary notions
- capacity to perfect their
pronunciation
- ability to express clearly, fluently
and naturally, without major
mistakes
Oral and written assessment through various
exercises, dialogues, conversation, papers,
mini-projects, case studies
Final assessment– grid test on the Blackboard
platform
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
Partial assessment– on line tests
20%
10.6 Minimal standard of performance

Solving some items of communication in French with a reduced level of difficulty
62
COURSE DESCRIPTION: ENGLISH 2 – THE LANGUAGE OF BUSINESS
1. Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4.Field of study
1.5.Cycle of study
1.6. Programme of study/ qualification
2.Data about subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3.Titular of the seminars
2.4. Year of study
English 2 – The Language of Business
1
2.5Semester
II
2.6 Type of evaluation
PV2 – assessment 2
2.7Course
status
CD/CD
Compulsory
Discipline/Complem
entary Discipline
3. Total estimated time (hours of didactic activities per semester)
3.1 Number of hours per week
2
of which: 3.2 course
1
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
28
of which: 3.5 course
14
3.3
seminar/laboratory
3.6
seminar/laborator
y
14
14
Distribution of time fund
Study on manual, course support, bibliography and notes
Additional research at the library, on specialised electronic platforms and in the field
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, themes, papers, portfolios, and essays
Tutorial
Examinations
Other activities………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
43
3.9 Total hours per semester
75
3.10 Number of credits
3
hours
18
10
12
4
3
-
4. Preconditions (where necessary)
4.1 de curriculum
4.2 of competences


English language knowledge of intermediate level
5. Conditions (where necessary)
5.1. to develop the course
5.2. to develop the
seminar/laboratory


classroom equipped with video projector
language cabinet equipped with TV, PC with internet access and CD player
Professional competences
6. Specific acquired competences
Knowledge and use of the communicative functions of the language:
Knowledge and understanding:
 Development of the four linguistic skills: reading comprehension, writing (letters, CVs, memos, etc.), speaking, and listening

Adaptation of acquired notions to the specific language of the profile
Explanation and interpretation:
 Explanation of the grammar structures specific to business language
 Creative use of the specific structures
 Use of contrastive method in explaining grammar structures and idiomatic phrases
Applicative - instrumental:
 personal worksheets
 portfolios
e-learning
Attitudinal:
 Fostering creativity in the application of the acquired language skills
 Optimum and creative exploitation of knowledge and understanding of the taught structures

Reception of oral or written messages transmitted in different communicative situations
 Production of oral or written messages appropriate to particular contexts
 Production of interactions in oral and/or written communication
 Transfer and mediation of oral and/or written messages in various situations of communication
63
Transversal
competences






Awareness of the English language contribution to the spreading of contemporary culture
Critical reporting to British and American civilization, acceptance of differences and development of tolerance
Awareness of the cultural stereotypes and fight against them
Development of independent, critical and reflective thinking by receiving a variety of texts in English
Manifestation of flexibility in the exchange of ideas in different communication situations
Identification of roles and responsibilities in a multi-specialised team and application of techniques for relationships and efficient
work within the team
7. Course objectives (proceeding from the grid of specific acquired skills)
7.1 General objectives of the subject
 improvement of oral and written communication skills aimed at professional and
scientific activity
 strengthening the capacity for analysis and synthesis of information contained in
an elementary level speech
 development of the most important language skills: reading comprehension,
writing (essays, reviews, letters, etc.), speaking, and listening comprehension
 acquisition and study of basic grammar structures
 provision of information coming from English language – every day
language/specialised language (business)
 ability to produce and interpret meaningful utterances which are formed in
accordance with the rules of the English
 integration of the acquisition of knowledge and skills into the full educational
context
7.2 Specific objectives
development of skills of comprehension and utterance of messages specific to
business context and use;
-
updating of linguistic and cultural knowledge, adapting them to specific contexts;
-
gradual acquisition of vocabulary related to business in order to exloit it later in
professional and scientific activity;
-
perfection of transfer (translation) competence from the foreign language into the
native language and vice versa of the texts belonging to business language
8. Content
8.1 Course
1. Unit 1 Greeting New People
Meeting and greeting people (Introductions)
Presentations: Hans Schnalb, Monica Angelescu
Business conversation
Unit 2 Jobs and their sources
Sources of job information
Newspaper advertisements (job openings, signed advertisement, blind
advertisement)
Employment agencies (state/private)
Placement offices and instructors
Friends and relatives
Unit 3 Applying for a job
Letter of application (three paragraphs)
European CV
Interview (frequent questions)
Unit 4
The EU membership (1)
European Union membership

European Council

European Parliament

Council of the European Union

European Commission

Romania and the economy in the European context

Euro-jargon
Unit 5 The EU membership (2)
Letter of application for a scholarship in the European Union
British Universities and the general rules for application for a scholarships
Unit 6
Higher education
Higher Education and careers: “Spiru Haret” University
Higher Education in Britain and the USA
Teaching methods
Traditional
and
modern
methods:
expositive
method
and that of the
interactive dialogue,
demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Observations
1
1
1
1
1
1
64
Unit 7 The language of business
Usages of the term ”business”
Types of a business
Businesses in capitalist economies
1
Unit 8 Accounting
Providing quantitative information about economic entities to aid users in making
decisions concerning the allocation of economic resources.
Accounting activities: identifying the information, measuring, and recording, retaining and then communicating it.
•
Management accounting
•
Financial accounting
1
Unit 9
Banks - part of the larger financial services industry (1)
Banks
part of the larger financial services industry
a distinct category of financial institution
1
Unit 10 Banks - part of the larger financial services industry (2)
Central banks
characteristics
duties
specialised terminology
Commercial banks
1
Unit 11
Main Banking Services
Specialised terminology
1
Unit 12
Banking and finance
Specialised terminology
Banking, investments and a company’s financial statements
Unit 13
The Stock Exchange
Entity which provides "trading" facilities for stock brokers and traders, to trade stocks and
other securities.
Facilities for the issue and redemption of securities as well as other financial instruments
and capital events
Unit 14
Final revision - The Language of Business
1
1
1
Bibliography
Barbu A., Chirimbu S., English Language for Daily Use, Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti, 2006
Boarcăş Camelia, World of Business, Editura Europolis, Constanţa, 2006
Optional bibliography
1.Thompson A. J., Martinet, Av., A Practical English Grammar, Oxford University Press, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1995
2. Costache, I., Ghid de conversaţie şi civilizaţie român-englez, Editura Aramis, Bucureşti, 2005
3. Vasilescu, Dumbrăvescu, Burcea, Niculescu, Dicţionar de termeni economici (român-englez-francez-spaniol), Editura Polirom, Iaşi, 2008
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
If clause - First, second and third conditional
Non-finite forms: Infinitives and gerunds
Mood: the Subjunctive vs. Indicative
Reported speech
Sequence of tenses
The passive voice
Phrasal verbs
Word order
Word partnerships (Business English collocations)
Revision
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming, etc.
Observations
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
65
Bibliography
Niculescu A. (coord.), (2007), The language of business – accounting, banking, finance, Editura FRM, Bucureşti.
Boarcăş C. (2006) World of Business, Editura Europolis, Constanţa.
Optional bibliography
1.Thompson A. J., Martinet, Av., A Practical English Grammar, Oxford University Press, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1995
2. Costache, I., Ghid de conversaţie şi civilizaţie român-englez, Editura Aramis, Bucureşti, 2005
3. Vasilescu, Dumbrăvescu, Burcea, Niculescu, Dicţionar de termeni economici (român-englez-francez-spaniol), Editura Polirom, Iaşi, 2008
9. Corroboration of subject content with the expectations of the epistemic community
representatives, professional associations and employers representative for the programme
At the end of the 2nd semester students will be able to communicate orally and in written in the English language, in various situations
and contexts, using the acquired specialised –business vocabulary.
10. Evaluation
Type of activity
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
General criteria of evaluation
Final assessment – grid
- complexity and correctness of the examination
language used
- ability to use the acquired knowledge
in various and complex situations of
communication
- expressivity, fluency and logical
coherence in utterance
- avoidance of subjective evaluation
and appreciation
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
Specific criteria of evaluation
Partial assessment– grid test
- ability to use correctly grammar and
vocabulary notions
- capacity to perfect their pronunciation
- ability to express clearly, fluently and
naturally, without major mistakes
10.6 Minimal standard of performance

Solving of some items of communication in English with a medium level of difficulty
10.4 Course
test and
oral
10.3 Percentage from the
final grade
80%
20%
66
COURSE DESCRIPTION: FRENCH 2: THE LANGUAGE OF BUSINESS
1.Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5.Cycle of study
1.6. Programme of study / qualification
2.Data about subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3. Titular of the seminars
2.4. Year of study
3. Total estimated time (hours
3.1 Number of hours per week
French 2: The Language of Business
1
2.5 Semester
II
2.6 Type of
evaluation
PV2assessment 2
2.7Course
status
CS/CS
Compulsory
Subject/Complem
entary Subject
of didactic activities per semester)
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
2
of which: 3.2 course
1
28
of which : 3.5
course
14
3.3
seminar/laboratory
3.6
seminar/laborator
y
1
14
Distribution of time fund
Study on manual, course support, bibliography and notes
Additional research at the library, on specialised electronic platforms and in the field
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, themes, papers, portfolios, and essays
Tutorial
Examinations
Other activities………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
43
3.9 Total hours per semester
75
3.10 Number of credits
3
4. Preconditions (where necessary)
4.1 de curriculum
4.2 of competences
5. Conditions (where necessary)
5.1. to develop the course
5.2. to develop the
seminar/laboratory


hours
18
10
12
4
3
-
French language knowledge of intermediate level


classroom equipped with video projector
language cabinet equipped with TV, PC with internet access and CD player
Professional competences
6. Specific acquired competences
Knowledge and use of the communicative functions of the language:
Knowledge and understanding:

Development of the four linguistic skills: reading comprehension, writing (letters, CVs, memos, etc.), speaking, and listening

Adaptation of acquired notions to the specific language of the profile
Explanation and interpretation:

Explanation of the grammar structures specific to business language

Creative use of the specific structures

Use of contrastive method in explaining grammar structures and idiomatic phrases
Applicative - instrumental:

personal worksheets

portfolios
e-learning
Attitudinal:

Fostering creativity in the application of the acquired language skills

Optimum and creative exploitation of knowledge and understanding of the taught structures

Reception of oral or written messages transmitted in different communicative situations

Production of oral or written messages appropriate to particular contexts

Production of interactions in oral and/or written communication

Transfer and mediation of oral and/or written messages in various situations of communication
67
Transversal
competences






Awareness of the French language contribution to the spreading of contemporary culture
Critical reporting to French civilization, acceptance of differences and development of tolerance
Awareness of the cultural stereotypes and fight against them
Development of independent, critical and reflective thinking by receiving a variety of texts in French
Manifestation of flexibility in the exchange of ideas in different communication situations
Identification of roles and responsibilities in a multi-specialised team and application of techniques for relationships and
efficient work within the team
7. Course objectives (proceeding from the grid of specific acquired skills)
7.1 General objectives of the course
7.2 Specific objectives
 improvement of oral and written communication skills aimed at professional and scientific
activity
 strengthening the capacity for analysis and synthesis of information contained in an elementary
level speech
 development of the most important language skills: reading comprehension, writing (essays,
reviews, letters, etc.), speaking, and listening comprehension
 acquisition and study of basic grammar structures
 provision of information coming from French language – every day language/specialised
language (business)
 ability to produce and interpret meaningful utterances which are formed in accordance with the
rules of the French
 integration of the acquisition of knowledge and skills into the full educational context
development of skills of comprehension and utterance of messages specific to business context
and use;
-
updating of linguistic and cultural knowledge, adapting them to specific contexts;
-
gradual acquisition of vocabulary related to business in order to exloit it later in professional and
scientific activity;
-
perfection of transfer (translation) competence from the foreign language into the native language
and vice versa of the texts belonging to business language
8. Contents
8.1 Course
Unité 1 Qu’est-ce qu’une entreprise?; L’entreprise, système ouvert; L’entreprise,
système organisé; L’organigramme d’une entreprise
Unité 2 Les activités fondamentales de l’entreprise ; Les types d’entreprises
Teaching methods
Traditional
and
modern
methods: expositive method
and that of the interactive
dialogue,
demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Observations
1
1
Unité 3 Créer une entreprise : ce qu’il faut savoir, ce qu’il faut faire
1
Unité 4 Le management
1
Unité 5 Les ressources humaines
1
Unité 6 Le marketing
1
Unité 7 La comptabilité
1
Unité 8 La fiscalité
1
Unité 9 Les Banques
1
Unité 10 La Bource
1
Unité 11 A la recherche d’un emploi; Qui êtes-vous?; Le Courriculum vitae :
objectifs, qualités et types ;
1
Unité 12 L’entretien d’embauche
1
Unité 13 Les professions et les jobs
1
Unité 14 Final revision
1
Bibliography
Chirimbu, Sebastian, L`Entreprise en situations- Discours financier-comptable, Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti, 2006
68
Stănescu, Amelia, Bien maîtriser le français économique, Editura Europolis, Constanţa, 2007
Stănescu, Amelia, A la recherche d’un plaisir... économique, Editura Europolis, Constanţa, 2004
Optional bibliography
1. Cilianu-Lascu, Corina – Franceza pentru economişti, Ed. Teora, Bucureşti, 2005
2. Musolino, Michel – L’economie pour les nuls, Editions Generales First, 2e edition, 2011
3. Vasilescu, Dumbrăvescu, Burcea, Niculescu, Dicţionar de termeni economici (român-englez-francez-spaniol), Editura Polirom, Iaşi, 2008
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
Teaching methods
Observations
La phrase ; propositions indépendantes, principales et
Traditional and modern
1
subordonnées
methods: explanation, exercise,
conversation, dialogue, pair
Le verbe – Modes et temps;
2
work, reading, translation, case
Verbes réguliers, verbes irréguliers
1
study, stimulation, cooperation,
Verbes transitifs, verbes intransitifs
1
Verbes auxiliaires ; Le participe passe; L’accord du participe problem solving, brain
2
storming, etc.
passé
La regle du SI conditionnel
1
Les concordances des temps a l’indicatif
2
Le subjonctif
1
Les locutions conjonctives qui introduisent des propositions
1
subordonnées circonstancielles
Revision
2
Bibliography
Chirimbu, Sebastian, L`Entreprise en situations- Discours financier-comptable, Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti, 2006
Cristea T., Bondrea E., Eléments de grammaire française, Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti, 2004
Optional bibliography
1. Cilianu-Lascu, Corina – Franceza pentru economişti, Ed. Teora, Bucureşti, 2005
2. Jeanrenaud, Alfred, Langue française contemporaine, Editura Polirom, Iaşi, 1996
3. Vasilescu, Dumbrăvescu, Burcea, Niculescu, Dicţionar de termeni economici (român-englez-francez-spaniol), Editura Polirom, Iaşi, 2008
9. Corroboration
of subject content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives,
professional associations and employers representative for the programme
At the end of the 2nd semester students will be able to communicate orally and in written in the French language, in various situations
and contexts, using the acquired specialised –business vocabulary.
10. Evaluation
Type of activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
General criteria of evaluation
- complexity and correctness of the
language used
- ability to use the acquired
knowledge in various and complex
situations of communication
- expressivity, fluency and logical
coherence in utterance
- avoidance of subjective evaluation
and appreciation
Specific criteria of evaluation
- ability to use correctly grammar
and vocabulary notions
- capacity to perfect their
pronunciation
- ability to express clearly, fluently
and naturally, without major
mistakes
Oral and written assessment through various
exercises, dialogues, conversation, papers,
mini-projects, case studies
Final assessment– grid test on the Blackboard
platform
10.3 Percentage from the
final grade
80%
Partial assessment– on line tests
20%
10.6 Minimal standard of performance

Solving of some items of communication in French with a reduced level of difficulty
69
Specialisation
MANAGEMENT
YEAR II
> The educational plan (Curricula)
> The fiches course
70
71
SPIRU HARET UNIVERSITY
FACULTY: ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT CONSTANTA
Field of Bachelor studies: MANAGEMENT
Study Program: MANAGEMENT
Applied
Form of Education: FULL TIME
Study Period (no. of credits): 3 years (180 credits)
CURRICULA
2 ND YEAR
beginning with university year 2013- 2014
* Students will choose one of the routes: 1) Financial Accounting - Diagnostic Analysis and Enterprise Valuation or
2) Economic and Financial Analysis - Financial Management
Notes: C=course S=seminar; Pw=Practical works; L=laboratory; E=Examination; OE=Oral Examination; PA= Partial Assessment
72
DISCIPLINE SHEETS
2 ND YEAR
STUDY PROGRAM: MANAGEMENT
74
COURSE DESCRIPTION: OPERATIONAL MANAGEMENT
11. Information on the academic program
1.1.Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4.Field
1.5.Study cycle
1.6.Program / Qualification
Spiru Haret University
Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Department of Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Undergraduate
Management
12. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Course organizer
2.3.Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
Operational Management
2
2.5.Semester
1
2.6.Evaluation type
E1
2.7.Course
type
CS/SS
Compulsory Subject/
Speciality Subject
13. Estimated time (hours per semester) of teaching / learning activities
3.1 No. hours per week
3
3.4 No. hours in the curriculum
42
3.2 of which course
hours:
3.5 of which course
hours:
2
28
3.3 of which seminar / lab
hours:
3.6 of which seminar / lab
hours:
Distribution of teaching / learning time
Study of textbook, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminars / labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
55
3.9 Total hours per semester
100
3.10 No. of credits
4
1
14
hours
30
10
15
1
2
-
14. Prerequisites (where relevant)


4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related
General Management
Ability to design a complete and correct management process in terms of management principles.
15. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)


5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminar / lab
classroom equipped with video projector and projection screen, computer and Internet connection
classroom equipped with video projector and projection screen, computer and Internet connection
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
16. Competences acquired during / after the course
• Understand the concepts, theories, principles, models specific operations management, especially on manufacturing and service operations;
• Ability to apply specific tools of planning, organization and control of operations within an organization
 Ability to design decision making in the operations scientifically proven.
 Substantiation decision to set up a company and determine its capacity and location.
• The ability to ensure a fair correlation between system operations and resources of the organization;
• Ability to develop production capacity based on a rigorous planning and organization;
• Ability to apply principles and rules of professional ethics and values specific managerial activity.
17. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
• Develop the ability to apply specific methods and techniques of operations management to plan, organize and control the
production system.
• Develop the ability to plan operations, design of products, services and technologies, the ability to scale operations and to
locate optimal production assets;
• Develop organizational capacity and program conversion system;
• Develop the capacity of the converter control, inventory control, quality control and assurance.
18. Contents
8.1 Course
1. Operations Management
1.1. Function operations organizations
1.2. Subsystem of operations
2. Operations Strategy
2.1. Strategic planning for production and operations
2.2. Productivity and quality in operations
3. Forecast of production and service operations
3.1. Forecasting and operations subsystems
3.2. Useful models for forecasting operations
Teaching methods
Observations
1 hours
Systematic exposure, case study,
discussion, conversation
2 hours
2 hours
75
4. Designing products, services and processes
4.1. Design of new products
4.2. Process Technology
4.3. Design services and service processes
2 hours
5. Operating capacity
5.1. Capacity planning
5.2. Modeling capacity planning
6. Location of productive assets and services
6.1. Planning needs active
6.2. Procedures for site planning unit
6.3. Facility location models
7. Organizing assets (layout planning)
7.1. Concepts of organization
7.2. Develop process organization
7.3. Develop product organization
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
8. Job design and work study
8.1. Design of the working
8.2. Production and Operations Standards
8.3. Work measurement
2 hours
9. Operational project management
9.1. Planning and scheduling project - models
9.2. Project Management
10. Systems programming and overall production planning and services
10.1 System planning and programming operations
10.2. Gross programming and planning capacity
10.3. Implement comprehensive plans and general programs
11. Programming operations
11.1. Intermittent systems
11.2. Fundamentals of programming operations
11.3. Prioritizing
11.4. Detailed scheduling of operations
12. Fundamentals of inventory control
12.1. Demand characteristics and control system
12.2. Storage costs
12.3. Modeling stocks
13. Material requirements planning
13.1. The MRP
13.2. Manufacturing resource planning MRP II
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
Systematic exposure, case study,
discussion, conversation
14. Quality Management
14.1. Product quality
14.2. Improvement analysis, quality assurance and control
14.3. Behavior and quality
2 hours
2 hours
15. Analysis and quality control
15.1. Process variations
15.2. Statistical process control
1 hours
Bibliography
4. Ipate, Dragoş, Elemente fundamentale in managementul operațiunilor, note de curs, Constanța, 2010
5. Nigel Slack, Stuart Chambers, Robert Johnston, Managementul operațiunilor, Ed. CODECS, București 2011
6. Militaru, Gheorghe , Managementul Producţiei şi al Operațiunilor, Editura ALL, Bucureşti 2008
8.2 Seminar / lab
Teaching methods
Observations
Exercising planning operations within a company
4 hours
Determination of operating a production facility
Of material requirements planning
Operations programming
2 hours
Systematic exposure, case
study, discussion,
conversation
2 hours
2 hours
Statistical Process Control
2 hours
Modelling stock
Bibliography
1. Ipate, Dragoş, Elemente fundamentale in managementul operațiunilor, note de curs, Constanța, 2010
2. Nigel Slack, Stuart Chambers, Robert Johnston, Managementul operațiunilor, Ed. CODECS, București 2011
3. Militaru, Gheorghe , Managementul Producţiei şi al Operațiunilor, Editura ALL, Bucureşti 2008
2 hours
19. Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in fields
significant for the program
• Operational management discipline contributes to student involvement in the study and assimilation of concepts and principles in the management of
operations, joint operations both in the service and manufacturing operations, being based on thorough study of the two disciplines;
• Discipline proves its usefulness as epistemic perspective, but also from the perspective of working life of graduates, students can apply at beginners the
basic techniques of operations to plan work, organize work and location of the assets, the ability to scale and production, and control work operations.
76
20.
Assessment
Activity
10.1 Assessment criteria
10.2 Assessment method
Knowledge of concepts, theories, principles, models specific to the
Final checking – grid test and oral
management of operations;
examination
Ability to apply specific tools of operations functions;
10.5 Seminar /
The ability to use mathematical methods in operations management
Partial checking – grid test
lab
decisions
Ability to plan and organize a series of activities to achieve business
objectives in an organization
10.6 Minimal performance standard
• Ability to apply basic techniques in planning, organizing and controlling the operations of an organization.
10.3 Weight in the
final grade
10.4 Course
80%
20%
77
COURSE DESCRIPTION: PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
1.
Information on the academic program
1.1.Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4.Field
1.5.Study cycle
1.6.Program / Qualification
2.
Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Course organizer
2.3.Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
3.
Spiru Haret University
Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Department of Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Undergraduate
Management
Production Management
2
2.5.Semester
1
2.6.Evaluation type
E1
2.7.Course type
CS/SS Compulsory
Subject/
Speciality Subject
Estimated time (hours per semester) of teaching / learning activities
3.1 No. of hours per week
3
3.4 No. hours in the curriculum
42
3.2 of which course
hours:
3.5 of which course
hours:
2
28
3.3 of which seminar / lab
hours:
3.6 of which seminar / lab
hours:
Distribution of teaching / learning time
Study of textbook, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminars / labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
55
3.9 Total hours per semester
100
3.10 No. of credits
4
4.
Professional
competences
Transversal
competences
7.
hours
30
10
15
1
2
-


General Management
Ability to design a complete and correct management process in terms of management principles.
Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminar / lab
6.
14
Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related
5.
1


classroom equipped with video projector and projection screen, computer and Internet connection
classroom equipped with video projector and projection screen, computer and Internet connection
Competences acquired during / after the course
• Acquiring a set of basic knowledge on the processes, activities and relations through which material goods are produced in an economic
organization;
•Knowledge
of
the
main
elements
of
planning
the
production
of
goods;
• Ability to synthesize information from and to solve basic problems relating to the production function: polling organization processing,
production capacity, scheduling and ordering of manufacture.
• The ability to ensure a fair correlation between the production system and resources of the organization;
• Ability to develop production capacity based on a rigorous planning and organization;
• Ability to apply principles and rules of professional ethics and values specific managerial activity.
Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
Acquiring a set of basic knowledge about the processes, activities and relations through which material goods are produced
in an economic organization, knowledge of the main elements of strategic issues of production of goods, the ability to
synthesize information received and to solve basic problems related to the production function seen in interdependence with
other functions of an organization; delineation theoretical and applied directions contained in the area of management of
production activities, presenting fundamental dimensions of management of production activities.
• Understanding the specific production of goods and the implications these have on management specificities economic
organizations;
• exposure to relevant aspects of the structure of production and design of an enterprise;
• presentation of the representative methods of organizing production processes;
• phasing of the development process of new products in firms;
• explain the calculation of indicators substantiating the value of production.
• acquire appropriate managerial behavior so that it is reduced as much as possible negative effects of heterogeneity on firm
performance producing goods.
78
8.
Contents
8.1 Course
Chapter I. Operations Management
1.1. Operations Function in Organizations
1.2. Manufacturing operations and service operations
1.3. System Concept of Operations: Definition of subsystem
1.3.1. Organizations as systems
1.3.2. Subsystem of operations management
1.3.3. Framework for operations management plan
1.3.4. The strategic role of operations
1.3.5. Aims of Operations
1.3.6. Alternatives and options of operations
1.3.7. Trends in operations management.
Chapter II. ENTERPRISE Production System
2.1. Production models
Chapter III. Production Planning
3.1. Tactical planning
3.2. Supply planning
3.3. Linking resources
3.4. MRP II system
Chapter IV. Production processes
4.1. Taxonomy processes
4.2. Type of production
4.3. Reorganization of businesses
CHAPTER V. THE ORGANIZATION OF PRODUCTION
5.1. Organizing processing sections
5.2. The method links
5.3. Method ranges fictitious
5.4. Organization fitters
5.5. Automation of production
Chapter VI. PRODUCTION CAPACITY
6.1. Production capacity
6.2. Specialized sections on surgery
Chapter VII. Regularities production processes
7.1. Laws, principles and specific rules
7.2. Principles of production processes
7.3. Production fluency
Chapter VIII Operative management of production
8.1. Production scheduling„
8.2. Launch in manufacturing
8.3. Tracking production
Chapter IX SCHEDULE PRODUCTION
9.1. Individual production schedule
9.2. Programming serial production
Teaching methods
Observations
2 hours
2 hours
Systematic exposure, case study,
discussion, conversation
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
Chapter X. Passing of manufacture
10.1. Ordering of series production
10.2. Ordering of individual production
2 hours
Chapter XI INDUSTRIAL LOGISTICS
11.1. Inland
11.2. Operational transport
11.3. Commercial transport
11.4. Storing
Chapter XII Industrial maintenance
12.1. Failure theory
12.2. Production and management SDV
Chapter XIII Labor process
13.1. Ability to work
13.2. Labor productivity
Chapter XIV QUALITY PRODUCTION SYSTEM
14.1. Process improvement
14.2 The quality of production processes
2 hours
Systematic exposure, case study,
discussion, conversation
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
Bibliography
7. Ipate, Dragoş, Managementul producției, note de curs, Constanța 2012
8. Everett E. Adam Jr., Ronald J. Ebert, Managementul Producţiei şi al Operațiunilor, Editura Teora, București, 2008
9. Militaru, Gheorghe, Managementul Producţiei şi al Operațiunilor, Editura ALL, Bucureşti 2008
8.2 Seminar / lab
Teaching methods
Observations
79
Supply planning
2 hours
Manufacture section organizing
2 hours
Production capacity calculation
Ordering of individual production
Calculation of operational transport
Determining labor productivity
Systematic exposure, case study,
discussion, conversation
Statistical control of manufacture
Bibliography
1. Ipate, Dragoş, Managementul producției, note de curs, Constanța 2012
2. Everett E. Adam Jr., Ronald J. Ebert, Managementul Producţiei şi al Operațiunilor, Editura Teora, București, 2008
3. Militaru, Gheorghe, Managementul Producţiei şi al Operațiunilor, Editura ALL, Bucureşti 2008
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in fields significant for the
program
• Production Management involving students in the study and assimilation of concepts and principles in the management of production;
• Discipline proves its usefulness as epistemic perspective, but also from the perspective of working life of graduates, students can apply at beginners basic
techniques to plan production activities, organize work and location of the assets, the ability to scale and production, and production activity control.
10. Assessment
Activity
10.1 Assessment criteria
10.2 Assessment method
10.3 Weight in the final
grade
10.4 Course
Knowledge of planning, organizing, and controlling production in
Final checking – grid test and oral
organizations;
examination
80%
Ability to apply specific tools of forecasting, organization and
control of production;
10.5 Seminar /
The ability to use mathematical methods to make decisions on
Partial checking – grid test
lab
production
20%
Ability to plan and organize a series of activities to achieve the
objectives
10.6 Minimal performance standard
• Ability to apply basic techniques in planning, organizing and controlling the production of an organization.
9.
80
COURSE DESCRIPTION: BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
1.Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Undergraduate
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Programme / qualification
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
II
2.5 Semester
IV
2.6 Evaluation type
E
2.7 Discipline
CS/CS
Compuls
ory
Subject/C
ompleme
ntary
Subject
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
3.4 Number hours in the curriculum
44
3.2. of which course
hour:
3.5. of which course
hour:
2
3.3 of which seminar/lab hours:
2
22
3.6 of which seminar/lab hours:
22
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminar/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities, Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
75
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
hours
40
15
20
4
2
-
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)


4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related
-
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)


5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminar
6. Specific acquired skills
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
–
–
–
–
Interpretation of phenomena, situations and organizational processes from the perspective of managerial functions,
achieving a diagnosis on a business operation,
development and implementation of studies in business decision making under risk and uncertainty
evaluation of modern trends in the structural organization of business firms
Development of a business plan, assuming the responsibility for specific tasks role in a multi
specialized team Real time solving a problem of ethics in an organization subject to rules of
professional ethics
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
Understanding the role of managers in the contemporary economy, the concept of management and
the need for science-based management of modern economies
- Understand the concept and importance of management leadership in competitive firms
81
- Knowledge of the types of businesses that operate in the Romanian economy
- Knowledge of stages in the establishment and liquidation of companies
- Understanding dimensional structure management
- Knowledge management functions and their role in a comprehensive managerial process
- Knowledge of decision-making steps and content
- description of the various methods and models for management decision making
8. Content
8.1 Course
I. The fundamental dimensions of business in a market economy
1.1. Legal forms for starting and running a business
1.2. Options for initiating, starting a business
1.3. Legal relations business commercial market economy
1.4. Basics of business finance
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Observations
1 hour
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
1 hour
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
2 hours
VI. The economic and financial decision-making and effective
business management
6.1. Decision in business management
6.2. Information system for business decisions
6.3. Decision models in business
6.4. Costing and budgeting business business decision as tools
6.5. Balance sheet and the accounting in business
6.6. Financial indicators of business
6.7. The influence of environmental factors on company business
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
2 hours
VII. Communication in business management
7.1. Content notion of communication
7.2. Communication of cultural values
7.3. Communication networks in a business
7.4. Communication functions
7.5. Types and forms of communication
7.6. Barriers to communication
7.7. Business communication
7.8. Patterns of communication in business
7.9. Communication techniques in business
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
2 hours
VIII. Personnel policy in business management
8.1. Staffing plan
8.2. Recruitment and selection of operational and executive staff in
firms business
8.3. Managers and business management in modern enterprises
8.4. Selection of managers for the organization and conduct of business
8.5. Selection of managers for the organization and conduct of business
8.6. Improving business managers
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
2 hours
II. Company Business-basics, features and role
2.1. Status micro business
2.2. Practice setting up a commercial company business
III. Entrepreneur and operationalization of a company for doing
business
3.1. The entrepreneur and his business
3.2. Characteristics of small business entrepreneurs
3.3. Typology and the role of the entrepreneur in business firms
3.4. Success factors contributing to the establishment unite business
IV. Business Plan
4.1. Designing business plan
4.2. Delivering business plan
V. Organization and business management
5.1. Distinctive aspects in business management
5.2. Organization and operation of business
5.3. Design principles of business organization structure
5.4. The choice of organizational structures in business
5.5. Structural organization of business firms
5.6. And structuring business meetings
5.7. Organizing data recording business in a company
5.8. Modern trends in the structural organization of business forms
5.9. Impreviziunea in business management
5.10. Business management
5.11. Methods and techniques used in business management
5.12. Types of methods used in business management
5.13. Leadership styles in business
1 hour
2 hours
82
IX. Participation in business management
9.1. Socialization and integration of managers and employees
participating in company
business
9.2. Succession in family businesses
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
2 hours
X. Risk and success in business management
10.1. Business risk - concept and specific features
10.2. Risk management in business
10.3. Risk and uncertainty in business
10.3. Centralized management of business risk
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
2 hours
XI. Management of marketing in business
11.1. Marketing in business management
11.2. Management of market entry and exit
11.3. Distance contracts
11.4. Marketing during the launch of a business
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
2 hours
Traditional and modern methods:
XII. Ethics in business management
expositive method and that the of
12.1. The notion of business ethics
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
12.2. Organizational culture and business ethics
explanation, etc.
12.3. Theories of business ethics
12.4. Elements of business ethics in business
12.5. Ethics fair wages and working conditions
12.6. Ethical issues in relations between shareholders and managers
12.7. Ethical issues arising from globalization of financial markets
12.8. Combat unfair business practices
Traditional and modern methods:
XIII. Internationalization of business
13.1. Management approach associated with globalization
expositive method and that the of
13.2. Clustering global business environment
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
13.3. Organizational strategies in international business management
explanation, etc.
13.4. Planning and control in transnational business
13.5. European model of business management
13.6. Phases of business internationalization
13.7. Risks in international business
Bibliography
1. Grecu Gh., Elemente fundamentale ale managementului afacerilor, Editura ExPonto, Constanţa, 2011
2 Gâf-Deac M., Managementul afacerilor , Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti 2008
3. Porojan D., Bişa C., Planul de afaceri, Ed. IRECSON, Bucureşti, 2002
2 hours
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
1. Model business plan
2. The operational plan
3. The risks
4. Financial plan - important indicators analysis and pre-existence of the
business
5. Future financial statements
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
1 hour
Observations
3 hours
3 hours
3 hours
4 hours
3 hours
83
6. Sensitivity analysis
7. Presentation and promotion of the business plan
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
3 hours
3 hours
Bibliography
1. Grecu Gh., Elemente fundamentale ale managementului afacerilor, Editura ExPonto, Constanţa, 2011
2 Gâf-Deac M., Managementul afacerilor , Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti 2008
3. Porojan D., Bişa C., Planul de afaceri, Ed. IRECSON, Bucureşti, 2002
9. Corroboration of subject content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme
Course content is consistent with what we study in other universities
The analysis of the opinions of employers on attributes specialists preferential formation resulted in a high appreciation of their professionalism, which
confirms that the structure and content of the educational curriculum designed for this study program is accurate, comprehensive and effective.
10. Evaluation
Activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/lab
Activity
- Checking the degree of
systematization and use of concepts
learned
- Logical coherence and
argumentative force
- The degree of assimilation of
specialized terminology
- Interest in self-study
- Ability to implement in practice
- Ability to work with their
knowledge
Activity
Activity
80%
Final checking – grid test and oral examination
Partial checking – grid test
20%
10.6 Minimal performance standard

Prepare a business plan
,
84
COURSE DESCRIPTION: METHODOLOGY OF SCIENTIFIC RESERACH IN MANAGEMENT
1.Information about the programme
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5.Study cycle
1.6. Programme / Qualification
Spiru Haret University Bucharest
Financial Accounting Management Constanța
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanța
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
Methodology of Scientific Reserach in Management
II
2.5 Semester
II
2.6 Evaluation type
E
2.7
Course
status
CS/SS Compulsory
Subject/
Speciality Subject
3. Estimated time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
3
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
33
3.2 of which course
hours
3.5 of which course
hours
2
3.3 seminar/laboratory
1
22
3.6 seminar/laboratory
11
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on specialised electronic platforms, on the fieldwork
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, home assignments, papers, portfolios, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities: Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
69
3.9 Total hours per semester
100
3.10 Number of credits
4
hours
35
14
20
2
1
5
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)


4.1 curriculum- related
4.2 competence - related
Management
Ability to design a complete and correct management process in terms of management principles.
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminary/laboratory


Classrom equipped with projector, projector screen, computer, Internet.
Classrom equipped with mobile equipment so that dynamic and teamwork are allowed.
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
6. Competences acquired during/after the course




The ability to identify and to use various techniques, methods, methodologies crucial to increase the company's efficiency;
Ability to critically evaluate them to determine the optimal variant to be applied;
Training skills and techniques using quantitative and qualitative methods to study organizational situations;
A scientifically and technically correct attitude to the use of specific methods and management science techniques.



Ability to develop, prepare and publicly supported scientific papers explaining the phenomena of managerial nature;
Ability to identify opportunities for training and efficient recovery of resources and learning techniques for self-development;
Right scientific and technical attitude to use specific methods and techniques of the project management.
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals

7.2 Course objectives


Acquiring methodological principles of the management research and development of
the capacity of their application in the preparation, writing and public presentation of
scientific papers in economics
Understanding the specificities of the research work and the principles and mechanisms
of organization and coordination of such activities;
Acquiring of quantitative and qualitative methods of assessment and explanation of
managerial phenomena to develop on this basis, new research products.
8. Content
8.1 Course
1. Research methodology – content and particularities
1.1. Scientific research in economy – methods, forms, principles
1.2. Forms of communication in science
2. Management of scientific research
2.1. General characterization
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of interactive
dialogue,
demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Observations
4 hours
4 hours
85
2.2. Stages of research
2.3. Administration of scientific research programs
4 hours
3.
Documentation for scientific research
3.1. Importance of documentation for scientific research. Content,
forms, stages.
3.2. Bibliographic documentation
3.3. Direct documentation on empirical facts
3.4. Documentation through contacts with specialists
4 hours
4.
Explanation of economic phenomena
4.1. The explanation of economic phenomena - the main components
4.2. Scientific hypothesis - definition and role in explaining economic
phenomena
4.3. Scientific observation - prerequisite for formulating and verifying
hypotheses and explain economic phenomena
4.4. Developing scientific hypotheses
4.5. Checking scientific assumptions and foundation of the economic
conclusions
6 hours
5. Showcasing and exploitation of research results
5.1. Writing scientific paper - steps, rules, requirements
5.2. Public presentation of scientific work
Bibliografy:
4. Enăchescu C., Tratat de teoria cercetării științifice, Ed. Polirom, Iași, 2007
5. Pârvu, I., Metodologia cercetării științifice în management, Ed. FRM, București 2012
6. Răboacă Gh, Ciucur D., Metodologia cercetării științifice economice, Ed. FRM, București 2004
7. Rădulescu M., Metodologia cercetării științifice – elaborarea lucrărilor de licență, masterat, doctorat, Ed. Didactică și Pedagogică, București
2011
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
Teaching methods
Observations
Qualitative approach Vs. Quantitative approach
2 hours
Developing scientific hypotheses - means of analysis, identification of
1 hour
assumptions
Traditional and modern methods:
Means and methods of analysis, identification and measurement of economic
2 hours
expositive method and that the of intervariables
active dialogue, demonstration,
Checking scientific assumptions and foundation of the economic conclusions
2 hours
explanation, etc.
Develop work plan and records system for a scientific research
1 hour
Writing scientific papers
1 hour
Rules regarding attendance and references in scientific papers
2 hours
Bibliografy:
4. Chelcea S., Cum să redactăm, Comunicare.ro, București, 2005
5. Pârvu, I., Metodologia cercetării științifice în management, Ed. FRM, București 2012
6. Răboacă Gh, Ciucur D., Metodologia cercetării științifice economice, Ed. FRM, București 2004
7. Umberto Eco, Cum se face o teză de licență, Ed. Polirom, București, 2006
9. Course's relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations and representative employers in fields
significant for the programme

Methodology of Scientific Reserach in Management familiarizing students with the demands of economic research, in general and with the
research in management in particular, contributing to the formation of organized work habit and to the expression of creativity, analytical sense and courage
to approach in an original way the managerial phenomena. Thus, the course utility is justified from epistemic perspective by the fact that discipline
contributes to the crystallization of a modern economic conception and to the knowledge of the economic instruments used in scientific research, which
allows in-depth research of national and global economic realities. However, the study of the discipline contributes to the development of graduates' ability
to work rigorously and to approach interdisciplinary the scientific issues encountered during the active life.
10. Assessment
Activity
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
10.4 Course
Knowledge of specific quantitative
and qualitative methods and
techniques used in economic
scientific research
Knowledge of the principles of
economical scientific research
processes
Final checking – grid test and oral examination
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
Ability to write correctly, respecting
the rules of writing a scientific
research paper
Ability to identify opportunities to
develop a scientific documentation,
to organize the information and to
proper quote the sources.
Partial checking – grid test
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
20%
10.6 Minimal standard of performance

Knowing the principles and the stages to conduct a scientific research, the rules regarding how to write a scientific research, as well as the rules
of making citations.
Course organizer's signature,
Seminar organizer's signature,
86
COURSE DESCRIPTION: TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT
1.Information about the program
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
"Spiru Haret" University Bucharest
Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management – Constanta
1.3.Department
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor Degree
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Programme / Qualification
Management
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT
II
2.5Semester
II
2.6 Evaluation type
E4
2.7Cou
rse
status
CS/SS
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities 100
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
of which: 3.2 course hours
2
3.4 Number of hours in the curriculum
56
of which: 3.5 course
hours
28
3.3
seminar/laborat
ory hours
3.6
seminar/labora
tory hours
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutorials
Examinations
Other activities ………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
38
3.9 Total hours per semester
100
3.10 Number of credits
4
2
28
hours
19
5
14
4
2
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competences-related

General Management

Ability to design a complete and correct managerial process scientifically.
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course

5.2. for the seminary/laboratory

Classroom equipped with video projector and projection screen, computer and Internet
connection
Classroom equipped with video projector and projection screen, computer and Internet
connection
6. Competences acquired during/after the course
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences






Understanding, interpreting and correlating factors that are internal and external environment of international transport
companies in dynamics
Apply basic principles and methods for effective management system of companies according to the mode of transport used
Evaluation of application methods of forecasting, organization, coordination, training, evaluation and control of an
international transport companies
Substantiation and application of specific methods of choosing appropriate vehicles depending on type and quantity of cargo
as well as transport route
Solving real time under conditions of limited autonomy, the problem of calculating the lay days and, possibly, a vessel
demurrage following the rules of professional ethics
Creating a tariff plan applicable to multimodal transport, assuming the responsibility for specific tasks to the role in a
multidisciplinary team
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals

Developing and deepening training in transport and international shipments by
applying basic principles and methods of choosing appropriate vehicles depending on
type and quantity of cargo as well as transport route, providing theoretical and
practical training on issues related to the ongoing of the transports
7.2 Course objectives



Clarifying the most important issues related to shipping contract
Highlighting documents used in international maritime expedition
Analysis of aspects related to lay days and demurrage issues
87







Presenting aspects of financial management in a multimodal transport company
clarifying the concepts of multimodal transport and multimodal transport operator
presenting the advantages and main features of international road freight transport
Analyzing litigations that may arise in inland water transport of the goods
Clarifying the concept of containerization
Highlighting the main features of international containers shipping depending on the
mode of transport used
Analyzing the main aspects of air transport and litigations that may arise in
international air shipment
8. Content
8.1 Course
Teaching methods
I. Maritime transport management
1.1. Documents used in international maritime shipping
1.1.1. Maritime transport contract
1.1.2. Freight. Dead freight
1.1.3. Bill of lading – B/L
1.1.4. Manifest
1.1.5. Cargo documents
1.1.6. Notice of readiness
1.1.7. Cargo-list
1.1.8. Cargo-plan
1.1.9. Mate’s receipt
1.1.10. Tally sheet
1.1.11. Statement of facts
1.1.12. Time-sheet
1.1.13. Stowage-plan)
1.1.14. Out turn report of inward cargo)
1.2. Laytime
1.2.1. Clauses regarding laytime
1.2.2. Duration and calculation of laytime
1.2.3. Expressions used in calculating laytime
1.3. Demurrage
1.3.1. Damages for detention
1.4. Despatch
1.5. Tramp vessels
1.5.1. Tramp vessels shipping
1.5.2. Tramp vessels freight
1.5.3. Substitution possibilities of tramp vessels with other ships
1.6. Liner ships
II. International transport of goods by railroad management
2.1. International Convention for railroad freight (C.I.M.)
2.2. Litigations that may arise in international freight rail
transportation during the contract
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is done
using modern teaching methods: e-learning
platform, Power-Point presentations
4 hours
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is done
using modern teaching methods: e-learning
platform, Power-Point presentations
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is done
using modern teaching methods: e-learning
platform, Power-Point presentations
4 hours
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is done
using modern teaching methods: e-learning
platform, Power-Point presentations
4 hours
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is done
4 hours
III. International freight of inland waterway transport
management
3.1. Romanian Danube ports
3.2. International regulations for expedition of goods by inland
waterway
3.3. The method of ongoing international shipment of goods in
inland waterway transport
3.4. Liabilities and obligations of the shipper and carrier in
ongoing, in good conditions, of the freight transport by inland
waterway and litigations that may arise in this activity
IV. International road freight transport management
4.1. International freight regulations for road transport
4.2. International Association for the road transport of perishable
goods (Transfigoroute Europe)
4.3. Bilateral agreements and conventions concluded by Romania
with various European countries
4.4. Customs Convention on the international transport under
TIR carnets
4.5. Convention on the Contract for International Carriage of
Goods by road
4.6. International Carriage of Goods contract (international road
waybill)l and its performance
4.7. Rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties in carrying
out the international road freight transport contract and litigations
that may arise under the this contract
V. International air cargo transport management
5.1. Airports - compound, construction, installation
5.2. International air transport organizations
Observations
4 hours
88
5.3. Regulations on international freight air transport
5.4. The air waybill
5.5. Rights, obligations and liabilities of predators, carrier and
consignee and litigations that may arise in international freight
air transport
VI. Containerization - modern technology in international
freight transport
6.1. Container types and criteria for selection the how and the
type of container
6.2. Rules of stowing and lashing of goods in containers
6.3. International shipment of containers in road transport
6.4. International shipment of containers with cargo aircraft
6.5. International shipment of containers by rail
6.6. International maritime container shipment
6.6.1. Maritime vessels for container shipment
6.6.2. Rules of stowing and lashing of the containers on board of
the ship
6.6.3. Documents and specific terms used in international
maritime shipment of containers
VII. Multimodal transport management
7.1. Classification of the multimodal transport operators
7.2. Services provided by the multimodal transport operators
7.3. Establishment of the multimodal operators
7.4. Customs transit restructuring in the context of multimodal
transport
7.5. Balancing container traffic
7.6. Financial management in a multimodal transport company
7.7. Tariffs in multimodal transport
using modern teaching methods: e-learning
platform, Power-Point presentations
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is done
using modern teaching methods: e-learning
platform, Power-Point presentations
4 hours
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is done
using modern teaching methods: e-learning
platform, Power-Point presentations
4 hours
Bibliography
o
o
o
Izabella Gilda Grama – Managementul transporturilor internaţionale, Europolis Publishing House, Constanta, 2007
Izabella Gilda Grama – Eficienţa economică a implementării în România a sistemului de transport multimodal, Europolis Publishing
House, Constanta, 2003
Izabella Gilda Grama – Management portuar, Europolis Publishing House, Constanta, 2005
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
Teaching methods

Calculation of the laytime

The main opportunities of rail road

Importance of inland water transport in Europe

Advantages and disadvantages of road transport

Characteristics of air transport

Goods containerization utility during transport

Multimodal transport modern management
method
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise,
conversation, dialogue, pair work, reading, translation,
case study, stimulation, cooperation, problem solving,
brain storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise,
conversation, dialogue, pair work, reading, translation,
case study, stimulation, cooperation, problem solving,
brain storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise,
conversation, dialogue, pair work, reading, translation,
case study, stimulation, cooperation, problem solving,
brain storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise,
conversation, dialogue, pair work, reading, translation,
case study, stimulation, cooperation, problem solving,
brain storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise,
conversation, dialogue, pair work, reading, translation,
case study, stimulation, cooperation, problem solving,
brain storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise,
conversation, dialogue, pair work, reading, translation,
case study, stimulation, cooperation, problem solving,
brain storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise,
conversation, dialogue, pair work, reading, translation,
case study, stimulation, cooperation, problem solving,
brain storming, etc.
Observations
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
Bibliography
1.
2.
3.
Izabella Gilda Grama – Managementul transporturilor internaţionale, Europolis Publishing House, Constanta, 2007
Izabella Gilda Grama – Eficienţa economică a implementării în România a sistemului de transport multimodal, Europolis Publishing
House, Constanta, 2003
Izabella Gilda Grama – Management portuar, Europolis Publishing House, Constanta, 2005
89
9. Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in fields
significant for the program

``Transportation Management`` course contents has been designed to meet the needs of the labor market, respectively to meet the expectations of
potential employers - transport and import-export companies - providing students with the knowledge necessary to carry out transport operations
- maritime, railroad, road, inland waterway, air as well as multimodal transport, also are assimilated knowledge regarding of the use of cargo
containerization.
10. Assessment
Type of activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminary/laboratory
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
Ongoing shipping, railroad, road, road,
inland waterway and air transport and
importance of cargo containerization
and multimodal transport
Methods of laytime calculation and
comparison between transport modes
10.2 Methods of evaluation
Final exam - multiple choice questions
and oral examination
Continuous assessment - multiple choice
questions
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
20%
10.6 Minimal performance standard

Assimilation and understanding of the good conditions regarding fright transport operations as well as the requirements relating to
containerization and multimodal transport
90
COURSE DESCRIPTION: SMES MANAGEMENT
1.Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Programme / qualification
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Undergraduate
Management
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
SMEs MANAGEMENT
II
2.5 Semester
III
2.6 Evaluation type
E
2.7
Discipline
CS/CS
Compulsory
Subject/Complem
entary Subject
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
3
3.4 Number hours in the curriculum
42
3.2. of which course
hour:
3.5. of which course
hour:
2
28
3.3 of which
seminar/lab hours:
3.6 of which
seminar/lab hours:
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminar/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities, Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
78
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
1
14
hours
40
20
18
3
2
-
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related


-
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminar


Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
6. Specific acquired skills
- Identifying the opportunity in starting a small complex organizations
- Interpretation of phenomena, situations and organizational processes in terms of managerial functions in a complex organization than
- Conducting complex organization of small organizations
• development of a business plan for a small organization complexity, assuming specific tasks responsibly role in a multi specialized team
• Real time solving a problem of developing a small complex organizations subject to rules of professional ethics
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
- Addressing a systemic vision of the most important issues involved in the design, establishment,
operation and development of SMEs
functions they perform in contemporary enterprise
- Acquisition of entrepreneurial skills
- Ability to identify opportunities to start a business;
- Understanding and building financial models for forecasting failure;
- Student awareness about the typical profile of successful entrepreneurs
91
8. Content
8.1 Course
1. Basic concepts of entrepreneurial management
1.1. Premises entrepreneurial management
1.2. Entrepreneurial activities and entrepreneurial spirit
1.3. Definition and characteristics of entrepreneurs
1.4. Typology of entrepreneurs
1.5. Entrepreneurial models
1.6. Intrapreneurship
1.7. Entrepreneurial environment
1.8. Entrepreneurial management
2. Approach and performance of SMEs in Romania
2.1. Entrepreneurial phenomenon in Romania
3. Approach and performance of SMEs worldwide
3.1. Evolution of SMEs in the EU approach
3.2. Principles and priorities for the development of SMEs in the next
period
3.3. Specificity treatment SMEs in Germany
3.4. Characteristics of entrepreneurial phenomenon in the UK
3.5. SMEs in the U.S.
3.6. Entrepreneurial phenomenon in Japan
3.7. Creation and development of SMEs essential component
transition to market economy
3.8. Characteristics of SMEs and difficulties
3.9. Defining characteristics and motivations of entrepreneurs
3.10. Analysis and recommendations entrepreneurial
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Observations
4 hours
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
4. Economic opportunity, business plan and business establishment
expositive method and that the of
4.1. Definition and characteristics of economic opportunities
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
4.2. The main sources of economic opportunities
explanation, etc.
4.3. Types of opportunities
4.4. The essential role of man in identifying economic opportunity
4.5. Addressing economic opportunity
4.6. Barriers and dilemmas in the exploitation of economic
opportunities
4.7. Opportunity Study
Traditional and modern methods:
5. Specific elements of entrepreneurial management
expositive method and that the of
5.1. Small and medium enterprise stakeholders
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
5.2. The relational or entrepreneurial networking
explanation, etc.
5.4. Entrepreneurial strategies
5.5. The main sources of financing of SMEs
5.6. Managerial determinants of entrepreneurial
5.7. Entrepreneurial training
Bibliography
1. Nicolescu O., Managementul întreprinderilor mici şi mijlocii, Ed. Economică, 2004
2 Gâf-Deac M., Managementul afacerilor , Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti 2008
3. Porojan D., Bişa C., Planul de afaceri, Ed. IRECSON, Bucureşti, 2002
4. Grecu Gh., Elemente fundamentale ale managementului afacerilor, Editura ExPonto, Constanţa, 2011
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
Teaching methods
1. The main variables entrepreneurial
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
2. Triaxial approach of Toulouse
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
3. Mainstreaming of Fillion
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
4 hours
12 hours
4 hours
4 hours
Observations
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
92
4. Factors favored and disfavored of intrapreneurship in Central and
Eastern European countries
5. Forms of networking
6. Franchise
7. Types of training and development programs for entrepreneurs
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
Bibliography
1. Nicolescu O., Managementul întreprinderilor mici şi mijlocii, Ed. Economică, 2004
2 Gâf-Deac M., Managementul afacerilor , Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti 2008
3. Porojan D., Bişa C., Planul de afaceri, Ed. IRECSON, Bucureşti, 2002
4. Grecu Gh., Elemente fundamentale ale managementului afacerilor, Editura ExPonto, Constanţa, 2011
9. Corroboration of subject content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme
Course content is consistent with what we study in other universities
The analysis of the opinions of employers on attributes specialists preferential formation resulted in a high appreciation of their professionalism, which
confirms that the structure and content of the educational curriculum designed for this study program is accurate, comprehensive and effective.
10. Evaluation
Activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/lab
Activity
- Checking the degree of
systematization and use of concepts
learned
- Logical coherence and
argumentative force
- The degree of assimilation of
specialized terminology
- Interest in self-study
- Ability to implement in practice
- Ability to work with their
knowledge
Activity
Activity
80%
Final checking – grid test and oral examination
Partial checking – grid test
20%
10.6 Minimal performance standard

Knowing the specific elements of entrepreneurial management
,
93
COURSE DESCRIPTION: ECONOMETRICS
1.Information about program
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Program / Qualification
2. Information concerning course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
Econometrics
II
2.5 Semester
III
2.6 Evaluation type
E
2.7 Discipline
DF
3. Estimated time (hours per semester) of teaching/ learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
of which: 3.2 course
3
3.4 Number of hours in the curricula
42
of which: 3.5 course
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms and in fieldwork
Preparation of seminars/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, and essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities
3.7 Total hours of individual study
75
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
2
28
3.3 seminar/lab
3.6 seminar/lab
1
14
hours
28
22
25
6
2
-
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum- related
4.2 competences - related




Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, Economic Statistics, Applied Mathematics in Economics
Accumulating and defining a set of concepts that allow understanding and deciphering economy
mechanisms as the real system;
Interpretation of basic aspects of economic life occurring at micro and macro levels;
Defining, explaining and applying the concepts, processes and methods used in statistics so that the
students go through all stages of statistical research for developing complex statistical work.
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course

5.2. for the seminars

course classroom equipped with: blackboard, markers, overhead projector, computer, projection screen
and appropriate software – Power Point
seminar classroom equipped with: blackboard, markers, computers with Excel Data Analysis Tool Pack
Professional
competences

to know the econometric model concept and way of building and validating it;

to study the links between economic phenomena using statistical and mathematical models;

to identify evolutionary laws of economic phenomena and to base their decisions on scientific hypothesis;
Transversal
competences
6. Specific acquired competences

Collection, processing and preliminary analysis of information necessary to support and to make decisions;

Develop practical skills of using computer in specific study program works.
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
 to develop skills and competencies to design different models with incidence in developing
economic policies and forecasts
7.2 Course objectives
 to frame the presentation of econometrics in economics;
 to make students acquire in a rigorous manner, this science concepts and categories;
 to understand the importance of economic theory and interdisciplinarity between economics,
mathematics and statistics;
 to familiarize with the most applied econometric models.
8. Content
8.1 Course
Teaching methods
Observations
94
Econometrics: history and concepts
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
6 hours
Economic and mathematical foundations of econometrics
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
10 hours
The main types of econometric models used in economy
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
4 hours
The unifactorial model
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
8 hours
Bibliography
1. Patache L., Econometrie. Note de curs, Ex Ponto Publishing House, Constanta, 2011
2. Ioan Gâf-Deac, Econometrie, Fundaţia România de Mâine Publishing House, Bucharest, 2007
3. Eugen Ştefan Pecican, Econometrie 2nd edition, C.H. Beck Publishing House, Oeconomica Colection, Bucharest, 2006
4. Alexandru Taşnadi, Econometrie, ASE Publishing House, Bucharest, 2005
8.2 Seminar/lab
Teaching methods
Observations
Descriptive Statistics - Excel applications
explanation and debate organized individual
4 hours
and group
Regression - Excel applications
explanation and debate organized individual
4 hours
and group
Forecasts and scenarios
explanation and debate organized individual
6 hours
and group
Bibliography
1.Patache L., Econometrie. Note de curs, Ex Ponto Publishing House, Constanta, 2011
2. Terry Lucey, Tehnici cantitative. Quantitative techniques, Tehnica Publishing House, Bucharest, 2001
9. Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations and representative employers in fields
significant for the program
Course content is in line with what is done in other universities in the country and abroad. Constantly the course is improved under the new economic
theories and concepts of epistemic communities.
10. Assessment
Activity
10.4 Course
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
correctness and completeness of the knowledge
acquired;
a general understanding of the importance of the
studied discipline and the relationship with other
fundamental subjects.
Exam - grid type questions and
oral examination
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
ability to develop and sustain a business plan and, Assessment - grid type questions
respectively, an investment project;
logical coherence.
10.6 Minimal performance standard

A properly acquire of basic theoretical knowledge and their application in the realization of a unifactorial model.
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
20%
,
95
COURSE DESCRIPTION: ENTERPRISE ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT
1.Information about program
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Program / Qualification
2. Information concerning course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
Enterprise economics and management
II
2.5 Semester
III
2.6 Evaluation type
E
2.7 Discipline
DF
3. Estimated time (hours per semester) of teaching/ learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
of which: 3.2 course
3
3.4 Number of hours in the curricula
42
of which: 3.5 course
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms and in fieldwork
Preparation of seminars/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, and essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities
3.7 Total hours of individual study
50
3.9 Total hours per semester
100
3.10 Number of credits
4
2
28
3.3 seminar/lab
3.6 seminar/lab
1
14
hours
28
12
10
6
2
-
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum- related
4.2 competences - related
 Microeconomics, Macroeconomics
 Accumulating and defining a set of concepts that allow understanding and deciphering economy mechanisms as the
real system;
 Interpretation of basic aspects of economic life occurring at micro and macro levels.
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course

5.2. for the seminars

course classroom equipped with: blackboard, markers, overhead projector, computer, projection screen and
appropriate software – Power Point
seminar classroom equipped with: blackboard, markers
Professional
competences
 Description of the enterprise as a decision-making center that creates the context for the application of management methods and
techniques;
Transversal
competences
6. Specific acquired competences
 Identify the roles and responsibilities in a multi-specialized team and apply relationships and effective team work techniques;
 Ability to operate with the main indicators of the output of the enterprise, develop a business plan and an investment project;
 Applying the principles, norms and professional ethics’ values in their own strategies of working rigorous, efficient and accountable.
7. Course objectives (proceeding from the grid of specific acquired competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
 to provide background knowledge for the students about the theoretical and methodological foundations of the enterprise
economics in the current business trends crystallized at micro-, macro-, mezzo-and mondo-economic level.
 the concepts and notions regarding enterprise as an organization, as a system, the unit of production and distribution and the
social unit;
 to identify current trends in the evolution of economic phenomena taking place within the company, as well as those who
create its environment;
 presentation of a enterprise object types and related theories;
 to know typology of enterprises;
 to know processual organization of enterprise;
 presentation and familiarity with concepts related to economic strategies and documentation of business and business plan;
 to know and to understand how to manage aspects of enterprise functions.
96
8. Content
8.1 Course
Teaching methods
Introduction to enterprise economics
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
Processual approach of enterprise
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
Elements of logistics in enterprises
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
Economic strategies of the enterprise
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
R & D management function within the enterprise
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
Production management function
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
Commercial management and marketing functions
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
of the enterprise
Personnel management functions within the
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
enterprise
Accounting and financial management of the
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
enterprise
The assessment of results from the activity of the
expository method and that of interactive dialogue
enterprise
Bibliography
5. Patache L., Economia şi gestiunea întreprinderii. Note de curs, Ex Ponto Publishing House, Constanta, 2011
6. Pistol Gh. M., Economia întreprinderii. Note de curs, FundațiaRomânia de Mâine Publishing House, Bucharest, 2004.
7. Florea Şt., Stignei V., Economia şi gestiunea întreprinderii, Ex Ponto Publishing House, Constanta, 2008.
8. Samochiş B., Purdea D. (coord.), Economia întreprinderii, Risoprint Publishing House, Cluj-Napoca, 2007
8.2 Seminar/lab
Teaching methods
Enterprise relationship with the environment
explanation and debate organized individual and group
expressed by streams.
Interdependence and dynamic of enterprise’s
explanation and debate organized individual and group
functions.
Business plan: development, assessment.
explanation and debate organized individual and group
Investment project: development, assessment.
explanation and debate organized individual and group
Applications for enterprise economics
explanation and debate organized individual and group
Bibliography
3. Patache L., Economia şi gestiunea întreprinderii. Note de curs, Ex Ponto Publishing House, Constanta, 2011
4. Porojan D., Bisa C., Planul de afaceri, Irecson Publishing House, Bucharest, 2005.
Observations
6 hours
4 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
4 hours
2 hours
Observations
2 hours
2 hours
4 hours
4 hours
2 hours
9. Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations and representative employers in
fields significant for the program
Course content is in line with what is done in other universities in the country and abroad. Constantly the course is improved under the new economic
theories and concepts of epistemic communities.
10. Assessment
Activity
10.4 Course
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
-correctness and completeness of the knowledge Exam - grid type questions and oral
acquired;
examination
-a general understanding of the importance of the
studied discipline and the relationship with other
fundamental subjects.
10.5 Seminar/lab
- ability to develop and sustain a business plan and, Assessment - grid type questions
respectively, an investment project
- logical coherence.
10.6 Minimal performance standard

Knowledge of processual organization of the enterprise, its objectives and typology. Achieving one practical application.
20%
97
COURSE DESCRIPTION: MANAGERIAL COMPUTER SCIENCE
1.Data about programme
„Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5.Cycle of study
1.6. Study programme / qualification
2. Data about subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3. Titular of the seminar
2.4. Year of study
Managerial Computer Science
II
2.5 Semester
I
2.6 Evaluation type
OE3
2.7Course
status
Specialized
discipline
CS
3.Total estimated time (hours per semester of didactic activities)
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
of which: 3.2 course
2
3.3 seminar/laboratory
2
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
56
of which: 3.5 course
28
3.6 seminar/laboratory
28
Distribution of time fund
Study on manual, course support, bibliography and notes
Additional research at the library, on specialized electronic platforms and in the field
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, themes, papers, portfolios, and essays
Tutorials
Examinations
Other activities ………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
63
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
hours
30
13
20
4
2
-
4. Preconditions (where necessary)


4.1 of curriculum
4.2 of competences
knowledge of basics of computer science
5. Conditions (where necessary)
5.1. to develop the course

5.2. to develop the
seminar/laboratory

Classroom equipped with: video projector, markers, whiteboard, projection screen, computer and
appropriate software – Power Point.
Classroom equipped with: computers and appropriate software, video projector, markers, whiteboard.

The definition of concepts and methods concerning the use of data, information and knowledge in the management process;
Professional
competences

The explanation of concepts and methods for the use of data, information and knowledge in the management process;

The application of methods, techniques and procedures for the use of data, information and knowledge in the management process;

Selecting methods, techniques and procedures for the use of data, information and knowledge in the management process;

Elaboration of studies/papers of management process, using databases, information and knowledge.
Transversal
competences
6. Specific acquired competences

The training of future specialists in the field of management, theoretic knowledge and wholeness through skills practice embraced
in the formats/study in specialized disciplines;
Informatics management approach in order to provide a solid support to dobandirii skill of responsible professional tasks.

7. Course objectives (proceeding from the grid of specific acquired competences)
7.1 General objectives of the course
 proficiency in the concepts, concepts and standards underlying methods of specifying and
handling of data;
7.2 Specific objectives
 comprehensive knowledge on the role of the information system of the organization in
determining economic and managerial performance;
 proficiency in ability to apply theoretical knowledge in practical applications;
 Presentation and use of information systems for management and business management.
98
8. Content
8.1 Course
1. RETROSPECTIVE ON THE INFORMATION SYSTEM ON THE ORGANIZATION
1.1 Conceptual definitions of information system
1.2 The components of the information system of the Organization
1.3 Importance and functions of the information system of the Organization
1.4 The parameters of the information system in the context of management
1.5 The concept of information
1.6 Considerations on the concept of efficiency of information
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
CONCEPTS RELATED TO THE KNOWLEDGE SOCIETY
The new economy and the role of information in this context
Relationship data – information – knowledge
Knowledge characteristics
Knowledge typology
3. RELATIONAL DATABASE – ACCESS
3.1
The concept of the database
3.2
The fundamental objectives of a database
3.3
Management system of database (DBMS)
3.4
Levels and patterns of representation of the data in databases
3.4.1 External level (external design)
3.4.2 Conceptual level (conceptual design)
3.4.2.1 Entity – Attribute – Correspondence Model (EAC)
3.4.2.2 Logical level (relational model)
3.4.3 Internal level (physical model)
3.5
The design of the database
4. MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OF DATABASE ACCESS
4.1 Overview Access
4.2 Microsoft Access Architecture
4.2.1 Creating tables in Access
4.2.2 Relationships between Access tables
4.2.3 The definition of a relations type many to many
4.2.4 Rename a table in a database composition
4.2.5 The Access database query
4.2.5.1 Creating queries with the help of the QBE grid
4.2.5.2 Extracting data using SELECT queries
4.2.5.3 Higher values returned from a query
4.2.5.4 Expressions and calculated fields
4.2.6 Types of queries
4.2.6.1 Creating and using Delete queries
4.2.6.2 Creating and using Update queries
4.2.6.3 Add some records to an existing table using the Append queries
4.2.6.4 Add some records to a new table with the help of the Make-Table queries
4.2.6.5 Creating and using Crosstab queries
4.2.7 Advanced techniques to extract data by using queries
4.2.7.1 Extracting data from multiple tables
4.2.7.2 The use of records within other queries
4.2.7.3 Using parameters in queries
4.2.8 Understanding and configuring the properties of the searched expression components
4.2.9 Creating and using Forms Access
4.2.9.1 General Notions
4.2.9.2 Creating forms in Access
4.2.9.3 Use of display Design
4.2.9.4 The Form properties
4.2.9.5 The main objects of control used on the surface forms
4.2.9.6 Control object manipulation
4.2.9.7 Using the subform performance relationships for one-to-many
4.2.9.8 Use the expression builder
4.2.9.9 Using Switchboard Manager add-in
4.2.10 Creating reports in Access
4.2.10.1 Creating a report with the Report Wizard
4.2.10.2 Creating a report in Design View
4.2.11 Macros in Access
4.2.11.1 Create a macro using Macro Builder
4.2.11.2 Actions and comments
4.2.11.3 Use of macrogroups
4.2.11.4 Use of Autokeys macroinstructions
4.2.11.5 Executing and debugging of a macroinstruction
4.2.11.6 Creating menus and toolbars
Teaching methods
Observations
2 hours
Exposure,
demonstration,
lecture.
2 hours
Exposure,
demonstration,
lecture.
4 hours
Exposure,
demonstration,
lecture.
Exposure,
demonstration,
lecture.
12 hours
99
Exposure,
4 hours
5. STRUCTURED QUERY LANGUAGE (SQL)
5.1 Description of the Structured Query Language (SQL)
demonstration,
5.2 The syntax of the rules to be followed when writing SQL instructions
lecture.
5.3 SQL Statements
5.3.1 Instructions for defining data
5.3.2 Instructions for data selection
5.3.3 Instructions for handling data
5.3.4 Nested query requests
6. INFORMATION SYSTEMS FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF TOURISM
6.1 The informational application on the role of information system in a hotel units
Exposure,
6.1.1 The program menu
demonstration,
6.1.2 System implementation
lecture.
6.1.3 Use the informational system in the current activity of the hotel
4 hours
6.1.4 The main documents relating to the operative accounting
Bibliography
1. Airinei, D., Fătu, T., Grama, A., Fotache, D., Georgescu, M., Information technologies for business, Sedcom Libris Press, Iasi, 2006.
2. Andronie, M., Analysis and design of management information systems, „România de Mâine” Foundation Publishing House,, Bucharest, 2007.
3. Fusaru Doina, Gherasim Zenovic, Managerial Computer Science, „România de Mâine” Foundation Publishing House,, Bucharest, 2008.
4. Grama, A.(coord.), Integrated collaborative systems for small and medium business, “Al. I. Cuza, Iaşi” University Press, Iasi, 2007.
5. Gherasim, Z.; Cocianu, C.L., Expert systems in economics, „România de Mâine” Foundation Publishing House,, Bucharest, 2005.
6. Gherasim Zenovic, Programs and databases, România de Mâine” Foundation Publishing House,, Bucharest, 2007.
7. Ivanof, C.F., Use of accounting information in the management activity of tourist units, Tehnopress Press, Iasi, 2007.
8. Militaru, Ghe., Information systems for management, Bic All Press, Bucharest, 2004.
9. Nastac, S., Managerial Informatics, Lecture Notes, Faculty of Engineering, Braila, 2007.
10. Popescu, Gh., Popescu, E., Information systems. Design and Programming in ACCESS, Ovidius University Press, Constanta, 2003.
Popescu, E., Popescu, Gh., Development of information systems in the current informational context, Ovidius University Press, Constanta, 2003.
Nicolescu, O., Verboncu, I., Managerial methodologies, Economic Tribune, Bucharest, 2006.
Oprea, D., Meşniţă, G., Dumitru, F., Analysis of information systems, „Al. Ioan Cuza” University Press, Iasi, 2005.
Paraschivescu, A. O., Management Excellence , Tehnopress Press, Iasi, 2009.
Radu, I., Ursăcescu, M., Vlădeanu, D., Cioc, M., Burlacu, S., Computer science and management - a path to performance, University Press,
Bucharest, 2005.
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
Teaching
Observations
methods
Laboratory work - Personnel management
2 hours
Laboratory work – Real Estate
2 hours
Laboratory work - Inventory Management
2 hours
Laboratory work - Fixed Asset Management
2 hours
Laboratory work - The supply of goods
2 hours
Exposure,
Laboratory work - Records of awarding credits
2 hours
conversation,
Laboratory work - Queries
4 hours
exercise, the
Laboratory work - SQL Language
4 hours
demonstration.
Laboratory work - Forms
4 hours
Laboratory work - Reports
2 hours
Laboratory work - Macros
2 hours
Bibliography
1. Airinei, D., Fătu, T., Grama, A., Fotache, D., Georgescu, M., Information technologies for business, Sedcom Libris Press, Iasi, 2006.
2. Ciobănică, M., Managerial Computer Science, Lecture Notes, Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management Constanta, 2012.
3. Grama, A.(coord.), Integrated collaborative systems for small and medium business, “Al. I. Cuza, Iaşi” University Press, Iasi, 2007.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
9. Corroboration of the course content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme

After completion of this course students will be able to achieve an Access database.
10. Evaluation
Type of activity
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
10.4 Course
General criteria for the assessment:
- knowledge and use of the main notions and concepts
being studied;
- the use of a simple specialized language
Final exam – grid test and
oral examination
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
Specific criteria for the assessment:
-the ability to use knowledge gained in an Access
database
Assessment – grid test
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
20%
10.6 Minimal standard of performance

Building an Access database, with average grade of difficulty, which involve the use of tables, reports, forms, and queries.
100
COURSE DESCRIPTION: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING OR ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
1. Information about the program
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Programme / Qualification
Spiru Haret University Bucharest
Financial Accounting Management
Management, Accounting and Finance
Management
Undergraduate
Management
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
Financial Accounting or Economic and Financial Analysis
2
2.5 Semester
I
2.6 Evaluation type
CV3
2.7 Discipline
DA
DS
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
3.4 Number hours in the curriculum
56
3.2: of which course
hours
of which: 3.5 course
hours
2
3.3: seminar/lab hours
2
28
3.6 seminar/lab hours
28
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminar/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities, Group project.
3.7 Total hours of individual study
69
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 of curriculum
4.2 of competences


hours
11
24
28
4
2
-
the study of accounting Basis in first year
knowledge of tools and ways of industry-specific accounting work by studying the basics of discipline of
accounting in the year I
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. to develop the course
5.2. to develop the seminary/laboratory


Classroom equipped with projector and projection screen, computer and Internet connection
Classroom equipped with projector and projection screen, computer and Internet connection
Transv
ersal
compet
ences
Professional
competences
6. Competences acquired during/after the course







knowledge from the scientific point of view to accounting matters;
understanding the concepts and the main Fund of knowledge that constitutes the contents of book;
knowledge of accounting mindset;
understanding processes and accounting method;
basic accounting concepts and stages of development of a monograph;
explaining the links existing between accounting and taxation;
analysis and interpretation of data provided by financial situations.


formation of a positive attitude towards the field of accounting;
develop the skill to analyze economic phenomena through the use of accounting information.
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
 familiarity with the concepts specific to students disciplineicontabile;
 using the concepts in financial accounting field.
7.1 General objectives of the subject
7.2 Specific objectives
 knowledge on practical skills about analysis of economic operations;
 knowledge and practical skills on how to reflection aoperatiunilor in accounting in the
game double.
8. Content
8.1 Course
Chapter 1 Financial Accounting theory and organization
1.1. Definition and scope of the financial accounting
1.2. Financial accounting and accounting system in Romania
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
Observations
The materials of course are made
available to students at the beginning of
activities. For knowledge consolidation
101
explanation, etc.
Chapter 2 Accounting for permanent capital
2.1. Delimitations on the permanent capital
2.2.Own capital Accounts
2.2.1. Analysis and function of social capital accounts
2.2.2. Analysis and function of prime capital accounts
2.2.3. Analysis and function of revaluation reserves accounts
2.2.4. Analysis and function of reserves accounts
2.2.5. Analysis and function of the result of the current exercise
accounts
2.2.6. Analysis and function of result carried forward accounts
2.3. Analysis and function of provisions for liabilities and charges
accounts
2.4. Analysis and function of debt in the medium and long accounts
it is advised to study the materials
before the lecture.
Ibidem.
Chapter 3 Accounting for fixed assets
3.1. Analysis and function intangible fixed assets accounts
3.2. Analysis and function body fixed assets accounts
3.3. Analysis and function financial fixed assets accounts
Chapter 4 Accounting for stocks and developing production execution
4.1. Analysis and function of materials stocks accounts
4.2. Analysis and function of materials products accounts
4.3. Analysis and function of animals and birds accounts
4.4. Analysis and function of goods accounts
4.5. Analysis and function of packaging accounts
Chapter 5 Accounting for relationships with third party
5.1. The demarcation of its relations with third party relations
5.2. Analysis and function of receivables and trade payables accounts
5.3. Analysis and function of receivables and payables outstanding
accounts
5.4. Analysis and function of receivables and payables social accounts
5.5. Analysis and function of receivables and tax Payables accounts
Ibidem.
Chapter 6 Accounting for Treasury
6.1. Analysis and function of short-term bank loans and short-term
investments accounts
6.2. Analysis and function of available in current account and cash into
DJ accounts
6.3. Analysis and function of letters of credit, cash advances and other
Treasury securities accounts
Chapter 7 Accounting for performance of economic entities (expenses,
income, financial result)
7.1. Analysis and function of expenses accounts
7.2. Analysis and function of income accounts
7.1. Analysis and function of financial result accounts
Ibidem.
Ibidem.
Ibidem.
Ibidem.
Chapter 8 The exercise works. Annual financial situations
Ibidem.
8.1. The establishment of the heritage and the results
8.2. Annual financial situations
Bibliography
1. Bebeşelea Mihaela, (2012), Financial accounting, Lecture notes on the CD;
2. Ciucur E., Bratu A., (2008), Basics of accounting, University Publishing House, Bucharest;
3. Pântea, I. P., ., Bodea Gh., (2011), the Romanian Financial Accounts compliant with European directives, Intelcredo Publishing House, Deva;
4. Ristea Mihai, (2003), Base and alternative in accounting of company, Economic tribune Publishing House Bucharest.
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
Accounting for capital
Accounting for fixed assets
Accounting for stocks
Accounting for relationships with third party
Accounting for treasury
Accounting for financial result
The routing information in financial accounting
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Observations
The
lecture
of
materials
is
recommended that students read in
advanced so that they can interact
during seminars.
Ibidem.
Ibidem.
Ibidem.
Ibidem.
Ibidem.
Ibidem.
Bibliography
1. Bebeşelea Mihaela, (2012), Financial accounting, Lecture notes on the CD;
2. Ciucur E., Bratu A., (2008), Basics of accounting, University Publishing House, Bucharest;
3. Pântea, I. P., ., Bodea Gh., (2011), the Romanian Financial Accounts compliant with European directives, Intelcredo Publishing House, Deva;
4. Ristea Mihai, (2003), Base and alternative in accounting of company, Economic tribune Publishing House Bucharest.
102
9. Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in fields
significant for the program
The study of financial accounting discipline offers competent graduates to integrate European and international labour market, industry-specific accounting
as well as engaging in partnership relations with institutions and professional organizations of Romania, the body, and others with similar responsibilities in
the development and professional improvement.
10. Assessment
Type of activity
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.4 Course
...............................................
10.5 Seminary/laboratory
............................................
10.2 Methods of evaluation
Final exam-questions grid type and oral
examination
Check on the way-questions grid type
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
20%
103
COURSE DESCRIPTION: ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
1.Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Program / Qualification
2.Data about subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
Economic and financial analysis
II
2.5 Semester
I
2.6 Evaluation type
E 3
2.7Cours
e status
DS
3.Total estimated time (hours per semester of didactic activities)
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
of which: 3.2 course
2
3.4 Number hours in the curriculum
56
of which: 3.5 course
28
3.3
seminar/laboratory
3.6
seminar/laboratory
Distribution of time fund
Study on manual, course support, bibliography and notes
Additional research at the library, on specialized electronic platforms and in the field
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, themes, papers, portfolios, and essays
Tutorials
Examinations
Other activities ………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
69
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
2
28
hours
32
27
8
1
1
-
4. Preconditions (where necessary)


4.1 of curriculum
4.2 of competences
Transmission of basic information on the economic and financial analysis.
Deepening domain-specific concepts and theories accounting
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)


5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminars
classroom equipped with video projector and projection screen, computer and Internet connection
seminar room equipped with projector and screen proieţie, computer and Internet connection
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
6. Competences acquired during/after the course

Presentation of company results and measured.

Describe ways of financing a business activity.

Highlighting the company's capital structure and analysis, investment decision and assessment firm assets.

Addressing economic and financial analysis through the essential principles


Addressing fundamental conceptual and working tools specific economic and financial analysis.
Development of economic thought and language, accommodating future economist with fundamental notions of economic and
financial analysis, applicable in other areas connected with economics.
7. Course objectives (proceeding from the grid of specific acquired competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
 presentation importance of economic and financial analysis;
 knowledge of the theoretical foundations of ethics, principles, concepts and principles of
this discipline rules
 presentation of financial analysis stages;
 highlighting the diagnostic performance and risks of the results;
 systematization diagnostic analysis of balance sheet financial situation;
 presentation of financial diagnosis in business valuation;
• the student's ability to highlight specific processes of financial analysis;
104
• the student will be able to provide theoretical basis of financial analysis;
• possibility of applying economic and financial analysis methodology;
• the student will realize the importance and necessity of economic and financial analysis.
8. Content
8.1 Course
Teaching methods
Observations
Chapter I. Theoretical and methodological bases of economic and
Traditional and modern methods: 5 hours
financial analysis
expositive method and that the of
1.1 The current context of conducting economic analysis
interactiv dialogue, demonstration,
1.2 Contents of economic analysis
explanation, etc.
1.3 Methodology economic and financial analysis
Chapter II. Analysis of the production and marketing
5 hours
2.1 Analysis of general situation of production and marketing
the value indicators
2.2 Analysis of turnover
2.3 Analysis of value added
Chapter III. Analysis of business expenses
5 hours
3.1 Analysis Diagnostic spending to 1000 lei turnover
3.2 Analysis of Diagnostic material costs
3.3 Analysis of efficiency of staff costs
Chapter IV. Analysis of business performance based on profitability
5 hours
4.1 Analysis of profit on turnover
4.2 Analysis of rates of return
Chapter V. Analysis of the financial position of the company
8 hours
5.1 Analysis of net assets
5.2 Analysis of liquidity and solvency
5.3 Analysis of economic and financial balance method rates
5.4 Analysis of current assets velocity
Bibliography
1. Balu M.,”Analiza economico-financiara” Ed. Fundatiei Romania de Maine, Bucharest, 2007
2. Morosan I., „Analiza economico-financiara”, Ed. Fundatiei Romania de Maine, Bucharest, 2006
3. Robu, V., Gh. Vâlceanu: „Analiză economico-financiară, teste grilă”, Ed. Economică, Ed. a II-a, Bucureşti, 2009;
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
Teaching methods
Observations
1. Theoretical and methodological foundations of economic and
Traditional and modern methods:
3 hours
financial analysis
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
2. Overall situation analysis of the production and marketing of value
3 hours
translation, case study, stimulation,
based on indicators
cooperation, problem solving, brain
3. Analysis of turnover
3 hours
storming, etc.
4. Value added analysis
3 hours
5. Diagnostic Analysis of expenditure to 1000 lei turnover
3 hours
6. Metrics tracking and budget management performance
3 hours
7. Diagnostic analysis of material costs
3 hourS
8. Efficiency analysis of staff costs
3 hours
9. Analysis of profit on turnover
1 hour
10. Analysis of rates of return
1 hour
11. Analysis of net assets
1 hour
12. Liquidity and solvency analysis
1 hour
Bibliography
1. Ţole, M., Matei, N.C., Ţole, A.A., Ruse, E., Spineanu-Georgescu, L., “Analiză economico-financiară. Metode, tehnici şi metode”, ediţia a III-a,
Ed. Pro Universitaria, Bucureşti, 2011.
2. Işfănescu A.,şi colectivul: „Analiză economico-financiară”, Ed. ASE, Bucureşti, 2009.
9. Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in fields significant for the program
Scope of the discipline is consistent with that of other universities in the country and abroad. For a better adaptation to the requirements of the course held
meetings with business representatives and specialists in the field of finance.
10. Assessment
Type of activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
- accuracy and completeness of
knowledge;
- logical coherence;
- the degree of assimilation of
language specialty;
- ability to work with their
knowledge;
- ability to apply in practice;
-criteria aimed at attitudinal aspects:
consciousness, interest in study.
Assessment through various exercises,
dialogues, conversation, papers, mini-projects,
case studies
Final assessment/ Exam – grid test on the
Blackboard platform
Assessment – on line tests
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
20%
10.6 Minimal standard of performance

Defining the essential elements of the theory and practice of economic and financial analysis, illustrating some of the concepts studied in the
seminars.
105
COURSE DESCRIPTION: DIAGNOSE ANALYSIS AND BUSINESS VALUATION
1.
Information on the academic program
1.1.Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4.Field
1.5.Study cycle
1.6.Program / Qualification
2.
Spiru Haret University
Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Department of Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Undergraduate
Management
Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Course organizer
2.3.Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
3.
Diagnose analysis and Business Valuation
2
2.5.Semest
er
2
2.6.Evaluation type
E1
2.7.Course
type
OS/SS
Optional Subject/
Speciality Subject
Estimated time (hours per semester) of teaching / learning activities
3.1 No of hours per week
3
3.4 No of hours in the curriculum
42
3.2 of which course
hours:
3.5 of which course
hours:
2
28
3.3 of which seminar / lab
hours:
3.6 of which seminar / lab
hours:
1
14
Distribution of teaching / learning time
Study of textbook, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminars / labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
55
3.9 Total hours per semester
100
3.10 No. of credits
4
4.
Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related
5.



Professional competences
Transversal
competences
7.


classroom equipped with video projector and projection screen, computer and Internet connection
classroom equipped with video projector and projection screen, computer and Internet connection
Competences acquired during / after the course
• Awareness of the importance of assessing business in the current economic context and understanding principles of economic and financial
diagnosis
as
opposed
to
financial
analysis;
• Understand the specific appraiser profession and its connections with business accounting and form a correct attitude of scientific and technical
methods
and
techniques
to
use
specific
knowledge
of
economic
and
financial
evaluation
and
diagnosis;
• Knowledge of the three approaches specific assessment and understanding of the concept of reconciliation of values and the final value
estimation;
• Ability to use various diagnostic methods specific economic and financial development of such diagnosis;
•
Ability
to
calculate
and
analyze
indicators
for
management
configuration
changes;
•
Ability
to
develop
management
strategies
based
on
the
financial
and
accounting
activities;
• Ability to make a full diagnosis of a business;
• Ability to correctly interpret a diagnosis of a business.
• Ability to work independently
• Assimilation of labor discipline specific rules for financial accounting;
• Ability to understand business as a dynamic system in transformation;
• Develop the ability to work in multidisciplinary teams;
• Willingness and interest in the job of assessor training.
Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
8.
Financial and Accounting Management
Economical and Financial Analysis
Knowledge of financial concepts and mechanisms specific to the companies
Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminar / lab
6.
hours
30
10
15
1
2
-
• Assimilation concepts, concepts, principles and fundamental theories necessary in understanding and learning the knowledge
needed for the evaluation reports of the company for sale / purchase or financial reporting in accordance with international
valuation standards.
• Ability to use various assessment methods and identify the most appropriate depending on the context;
• Familiarity with business valuation methods and instruments.
Contents
8.1 Course
Chapter I General concepts in valuation
1.1. Romanian actuality concept evaluation
1.2. Theory of value and valuation
1.3. Basic elements used in the valuation
1.4. Types of values
Teaching methods
Observations
4 hours
Systematic exposure, case study,
discussion, conversation
106
Chapter II Background evaluator profession. Business valuation
principles
2.1. Context evaluator profession
2.2.Principiile business assessment
Chapter III Business Valuation an economic necessity
3.1. General
3.2. business assessment
3.3.Aims of business valuations
3.4. Need to business valuations
3.5. Market listed business valuations
Chapter IV Evaluation Process
4.1. Defining the valuations base
4.2. Business Diagnosis
4.3. Application of the three approaches of valuations
4.4. Reconciliation values and estimating final value
2 hours
Chapter V Diagnosis business
5.1. Diagnosis business to assess
5.2. Legal Diagnosis
5.3. Commercial diagnosis
5.4. Operational diagnosis
5.5. Diagnosis of human resources and business management
5.6. Diagnosis economic and financial
4 hours
Chapter VI Business Valuation - methods and
approaches
6.1.Abordări in business valuation
6.2.Methods of business valuation
6.3. Equity and invested capital
6.4. Advantages and disadvantages of assessment methods
Chapter VII cost of capital - the discount rate /
capitalization
7.1.Costul capital
7.2. Time value of money
7.3. Update techniques and capitalization
7.4. The cost of capital
7.5. Estimating the discount rate
Chapter VIII. Business valuation approach based on income (yield)
8.1. Foundations methods based on income
8.2. Updated financial flow method
8.3. Capitalization method / update net profit
Chapter IX. Business valuation in the market comparison approach
9.1. Fundamentals of comparison methods
9.2. Benchmarks for the assessment based on a comparison of market
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
Chapter X Business valuation in assets approach
10.1. Fundamentals
10.2. Net asset accounting
10.3. Adjusted net assets and net asset liquidation
10.4. Real Estate valuation
10.5. Evaluation of construction
10.6. Evaluation of fixed assets in groups 2,3,4 and 6;
10.7. Assessment of current assets
10.8. Evaluation of financial assets
10. 9 Evaluation of current assets
10.10. Assessment obligations
10.11. Evaluation accruals
10.12. Valuation of Intangible Assets
Chapter XI. . Valuation of business in difficulty
11.1. Main features firms in difficulty
11.2. Assessment methods firms in difficulty
Chapter XII. Valuations and environmental factors
Bibliography
10. Doval E, Negulescu O, Bazele evaluării întreprinderii, Ed. FRM, București 2011.
11. Ipate, Dragos Mihai, Dăneci Daniel Evaluarea întreprinderii – Editura FRM, București, 2012
12. Ișfănescu A., Evaluarea întreprinderii, Ed. Universitară, București, 2003
8.2 Seminar / lab
Teaching methods
1. Show how to achieve diagnostic SWOT analysis to assess a company
Systematic exposure, case study,
2. The cost of capital: the discount rate and capitalization
discussion, conversation
3. Business Valuation in income approach, comparison and assets.
Bibliography
4. Ipate, Dragoş, Pârvu Iuliana, Dăneci-Pătrău Daniel, Management general, Ed. FRM, București 2012
5. Ipate, Dragoş, Elemente fundamentale in managementul organizatiei, Editura Universitara, București, 2007
6. Gâf-Deac M., Îndrumar pentru management general, Ed. FFRM, București 2007.
9.
2 hours
Systematic exposure, case study,
discussion, conversation
4 hours
1 hours
1 hours
Observations
4 hours
4 hours
6 hours
Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in
fields significant for the program
107
• Business Diagnose analysis and Business Valuation graduates familiar with the methods, techniques and tools used in assessing economic and financial
affairs, contributing to the training of future experts accountants, appraisers, auditors. However, the study of Business Valuation discipline graduates
contribute to the development of rigorous study and to address new interdisciplinary scientific issues encountered in working life, the development of
interest of assessor profession and professional development in this direction, through participation in specific professional bodies .
10. Assessment
Activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar /
lab
10.1 Assessment criteria
10.2 Assessment method
Specific theoretical knowledge of various valuations methods
Final checking – grid test and oral
examination
Ability to develop an valuation report using valuation
methods studied.
10.3 Weight in the final
grade
80%
Partial checking – grid test
20%
10.6 Minimal performance standard
• Define the basic elements used in the evaluation: property, price, cost, market value;
• Knowledge of business valuation principles;
• Define the three assessment approaches;
• Identify steps in achieving enterprise diagnosis
• Ability to interpret economic and financial indicators of the company
108
SUBJECT DESCRIPTION: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
1.Information about program
“Spiru Haret” University Bucuresti
Financial Accounting Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor degree studies
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Program / Qualification
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
Financial Management
2
2.5 Semester
II
2.6 Evaluation type
Exam
2.7Subje
ct status
DA/DS
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
3
of which: 3.2 course
3.4 Number hours in the curriculum
42
of which: 3.5 course
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, themes, papers, portfolios, and essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities, Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
83
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
2
28
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
1
14
hours
34
20
20
3
2
4
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related


General management
Understanding of managerial concepts and fundaments
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)


5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminars
Classroom equipped with projector, computer and access to Internet
Classroom equipped with projector, computer and access to Internet
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
6. Competences acquired during/after the course




Presentation and measuring of a company’s results
Describe ways of financing a business activity.
Highlighting the company's capital structure and analysis of investment decision and assessment firm assets
Addressing financial management through the essential principles


Addressing fundamental concepts and specific working tools of financial management.
Development of economic thought and language, accommodating future specialist with fundamental concepts of financial
management, applicable in areas connected with economics.
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
 Presentation of company results
 Describe ways of financing a business activity.
 Highlighting the company's capital structure and analysis, investment decision and
assessment firm assets.
 Addressing financial management through the essential principles.
the student's ability to highlight the managerial process - concept, content structure, features
the student will be able to identify and describe management functions
ability to identify the role of income and expenditure budget
the student will realize the importance of financial management
8. Content
109
8.1 Course
Teaching methods
Observations
Traditional and modern methods: 4 hours
Managing a company
The managerial process: concept, structure, features
expositive method and interactive
Functions of management
dialogue,
demonstration,
The company and its functions
explanation, etc.
Accounting and Financial Management \
Definition
Objectives
Domains of application
Organizing the financial-accounting department
2 hours
Mechanism, Financial Flows And Cycles
Business function and business environment
Financial mechanisms
Financial Flows
Financial cycles
4 hours
Components of financial management
Financial planning
Income and expenditure budget: definition, structure, content
Financial indicators
2 hours
Capital
Definition and structure
Equity
Attracted capital
Capital market
Capital cost
2 hours
Financial equilibrium
Role and importance of financial equilibrium
Analysis
Indicators
2 hours
Financial and accounting analysis in management
The role and necessity of analysis in management
Methods and tehnicques used in financiar analysis
Analysis of the financial situation of the company
4 hours
Financial analysis of balance sheet
Components of balance sheet
Financial analysis
Risk analysis
2 hours
Rate of return
Method and use
Cash flow management
Internal Rate of Return
4 hours
Financial decision
Definition and importance
Strategies and financial policies
Types of financial decisions
2 hours
Measurement of economic and financial results
Financial information and its use/importance
Key elements related to financial results
Bibliography
1. Mihu Stefan, Financial management accounting, class notes, 2012, (on cd and online at www.spiruharet.ro)
2. Albu, N.; Albu, C.- Management performance instruments vol.1, Economic Publishing House, 2003.
3. Haiduc, L.,R., Zărnescu, O.,M., Financial management accounting of societies, Fundatia Romania de Maine, 2007;
4. Mihu, S., Financial management accounting, Europolis, 2005;
5. Tole, M (coordonator), Economic and financial analysis. Methods, techniques, models, ProUniversitaria, 2011
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
Teaching methods
Observations
1. Elaborate Income and expenditure budget
Case study, cooperation, problem
4 hours
solving, brain storming.
2. Methods for calculating the cost of capital
2 hours
3. Financial equilibrium of a company
4 hours
4. Analysis of balance sheet
4 hours
5. The company's cash flow
4 hours
6. Techniques and methods used in financial decisions
4 hours
Bibliography
1. Mihu Stefan, Financial management accounting, class notes, 2012, (on cd and online at www.spiruharet.ro)
2. Mihu, S., Financial management accounting, Europolis, 2005;
9. Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in fields
significant for the program
Accounting and Financial Management discipline study provides competence to graduates in order to occupy even management positions in an economic
entity disposing of knowledge of financial management and further foresee professional development by developing partnerships with institutions and
professional organizations such as CECCAR, CAFR and others with similar responsibilities and professional development
10. Assessment
Type of activity
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
10.3 Percentage from
110
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
Ability to define and use
/implement concepts, principles and
instruments
of
financial
management.
Ability to analyze the company’s
financial result
Final assessment–
examination
grid
test
and
Periodical Assessment – grid test
oral
final grade
80%
20%
10.6 Minimal performance standard

Knowledge and understanding of course content (essential ideas)

Solve practical applications

Resolution of at least 10 questions of the 20 grid in exam using Blackboard system
111
Specialisation
MANAGEMENT
YEAR III
> The educational plan (Curricula)
> The fiches course
112
SPIRU HARET UNIVERSITY
FACULTY: ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT CONSTANTA
Field of Bachelor studies: MANAGEMENT
Study Program: MANAGEMENT
Applied
Form of Education: FULL TIME
Study Period (no. of credits): 3 years (180 credits)
CURRICULA
3 RD YEAR
beginning with university year 2014- 2015
Notes: C=course S=seminar; Pw=Practical works; L=laboratory; E=Examination; OE=Oral Examination; PA= Partial Assessment
113
DISCIPLINE SHEETS
3 RD YEAR
STUDY PROGRAM: MANAGEMENT
114
COURSE DESCRIPTION SUPPLY AND SELLING MANAGEMENT
1.Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Undergraduate
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Programme / qualification
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
SUPPLY AND SELLING MANAGEMENT
III
2.5 Semester
V
2.6 Evaluation type
2.7 Discipline
CS/CS
Compulsory
Subject/Comple
mentary Subject
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
3.4 Number hours in the curriculum
56
3.2. of which course
hour:
3.5. of which course
hour:
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminar/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities, Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
68
3.9 Total hours per semester
130
3.10 Number of credits
6
2
28
3.3 of which seminar/lab
hours:
3.6 of which seminar/lab
hours:
2
28
hours
30
16
22
4
2
-
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related


-
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)


5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminar
- Application of methods and models for calculating stock
- Establish a strategy Supply Company
- Development of a strategy of selling the company
- Making inventory forecasting studies
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
6. Specific acquired skills
• solve problems that arise in the procurement process within the organization, following the rules of professional conduct
• solve problems that arise in the process of dissolution of the organization, following the rules of professional conduct
• Achieve a supply and sales strategies within an organization, taking on specific tasks responsibly role in multi specialized team
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
The course " Supply and selling management " aims to address a systemic vision of the most
important issues involved material and technical supply and marketing business products
- The methods and models for calculating stock
- Learning methods of tracking and inventory control dynamics
- Ability to apply methods and computational models of inventory economic order quantity
setting-supply;
- Ability to organize and manage the supply and sale;
- Understanding the importance of supply management and dissolution of the organization;
- Student awareness about the need to improve supply management and dissolution
- Identifying and addressing issues of supply and sales processes within the organization.
115
8. Content
8.1 Course
I. The management and organization of supply and sale
1.1. Supply management: concept, content, features
1.2. Structural organization of the supply activity
1.3. Units specialized in marketing materials and products wholesale
system
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Observations
II. Economic management of stocks
2.1. Role, functions and economic nature of stocks
2.2. Typology of stocks of materials for production
2.3. Ways of expressing the stocks
2.4. Correlations and factors influencing production of inventory levels
2.5. Objectives in managing storage processes, characterization of their
functional elements
2.6. Types of inventory management
2.7. Methods and computational models of inventory control setting
economic quantity-supply
2.8. Differential inventory management system by ABC
2.9.Metode tracking and inventory control dynamics
2.10. Lack of stock, overstocks, slow moving inventory, stock motion
and without wasteful
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
2 hours
III. Consumption and recovery indicators
3.1. Remedies for efficient industrial production results
3.2. Functions, importance and consumption indicators system
requirements and recovery
3.3. The indicators used in assessing the use and recovery of material
and energy resource
3.4. Methods for determining indicators of material and energy
consumption
3.5. Concrete ways of calculating the economic consequences of
reducing specific consumption of material and energy resources
3.6. Recovery and recycling of recyclable materials
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
6 hours
IV. Substantiation supply program entities
4.1. Nomenclature of material and technical equipment
4.2. Structure plan and program material supply entities
4.3. Indicators that define the content material procurement plan
4.4. Develop plan and material supply programs of economic units
4.5. Material balance
V. The material supply strategy
5.1. General characteristics of market supply
5.2. Types of material supply strategies, principles and conditions that
affect
5.3. Supply market analysis, evaluation and selection of suppliers
VI. Retail business strategy-selling products
6.1. Main features product sales
6.2. Complex sales-effective way to expand sales of products
6.3. Indicators and program evaluation plan product sales
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
4 hours
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
4 hours
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
4 hours
4 hours
6.4. Operative finished product sales
Traditional and modern methods:
2 hours
VII. Organization and realization of economic, retail supply
expositive method and that the of
7.1. Stages of organization and realization of sale trade
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
7.2. Negotiating the sale process
explanation, etc.
7.3. Commercial contract
Traditional and modern methods:
2 hours
VIII. Partnership and subcontractors
expositive method and that the of
8.1. Industrial Partnership
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
8.2. Subcontractors
explanation, etc.
8.3. Strategic objectives and policy decisions
Bibliography
1. Băşanu Gh., Pricop M., Managementul aprovizionării şi desfacerii, Ed. Economică, Bucureşti, 2004
2. Băşanu Gh., Pricop M., Gluvacov A.V., Managementul aprovizionării şi desfacerii, culegere de aplicaţii practice, teste-grilă, studii de caz, Ed.
Economică, Bucureşti, 1999
3. Băşanu Gh., Gestiunea economică a stocurilor, Ed. Ştiinţifică şi Enciclopedică, Bucureşti, 1998
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
Teaching methods
Observations
1. The concept of material and technical supply management
Traditional and modern methods:
4 hours
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
116
2. Organization of material and technical supply
3. Planning and implementing technical and material supply
4. Supply policy
5. Ensure storage of materials and products
6. Stocks of materials production
7. Programming and monitoring disposal of products
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
Bibliography
1. Băşanu Gh., Pricop M., Managementul aprovizionării şi desfacerii, Ed. Economică, Bucureşti, 2004
2. Băşanu Gh., Pricop M., Gluvacov A.V., Managementul aprovizionării şi desfacerii, culegere de aplicaţii practice, teste-grilă, studii de caz, Ed.
Economică, Bucureşti, 1999
3. Băşanu Gh., Gestiunea economică a stocurilor, Ed. Ştiinţifică şi Enciclopedică, Bucureşti, 1998
9. Corroboration of subject content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme
Course content is consistent with what we study in other universities
The analysis of the opinions of employers on attributes specialists preferential formation resulted in a high appreciation of their professionalism, which
confirms that the structure and content of the educational curriculum designed for this study program is accurate, comprehensive and effective.
10. Evaluation
Activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/lab
Activity
- Checking the degree of
systematization and use of concepts
learned
- Logical coherence and
argumentative force
- The degree of assimilation of
specialized terminology
- Interest in self-study
- Ability to implement in practice
- Ability to work with their
knowledge
Activity
Activity
80%
Final checking – grid test and oral examination
Partial checking – grid test
20%
10.6 Minimal performance standard

Prepare a business plan
,
117
COURSE DESCRIPTION: SERVICES MANAGEMENT
1.Information about the programme
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5.Study cycle
1.6. Programme / Qualification
Spiru Haret University Bucharest
Financial Accounting Management Constanța
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanța
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1. Name of subject
2.2.Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
Services Management
III
2.5 Semester
II
2.6 Evaluation type
E6
2.7Subject
status
CS/SS
Compulsory Subject/
Speciality Subject
3. Estimated time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
3.4 Number of hours in the curriculum
48
3.2 of which course
hours
3.5 of which course
hours
2
3.3 seminar/laboratory
2
24
3.6 seminar/laboratory
24
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on specialised electronic platforms, on the fieldwork
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, home assignments, papers, portfolios, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities: Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
65
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
hours
25
20
20
4
1
5
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)


4.1 curriculum- related
4.2 competence - related
Management
Ability to design a complete and correct management process in terms of management principles.
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminary/laboratory


Classrom equipped with projector, projector screen, computer, Internet.
Classrom equipped with mobile equipment so that dynamic and teamwork are allowed.
6. Competences acquired during/after the course
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences









Developing an overview on the services management, based on scientific concepts, methods and techniques that differentiate the
management of service companies to the management of producing goods companies;
Understanding the services' specificities and the implications that these specificities have on the management of the service
companies;
Acquiring an adequate managerial behavior of small firms providing travel services to reduce the potential negative effects of
service characteristics on firm performance;
Ability to make management decisions likely to exploit specific characteristics of services;
Assimilation of the useful cognitive mechanisms for the provider - customer relationship.
Formation of a specific mentality of an market oriented organizational culture;
The ability to identify roles and responsabilities within a multidisciplinary team and to apply techniques and effective work
relationships;
Ability to work independently;
Familiarity with managerial labor discipline.
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives

Highlighting characteristics and specificities of the service management in relation with
production management in order to develop an appropriate managerial behavior for the tertiary
economy;

Acquiring an adequate managerial behavior so that can be diminished potential negative
effects on performance of the services' intangibility;

Acquiring an adequate managerial behavior so that can be diminished potential negative
effects on performance of the services' simultaneity;

Acquiring an adequate managerial behavior so that can be diminished potential negative
118
effects on performance of the services' heterogeneity;

Acquiring an adequate managerial behavior so that can be diminished potential negative
effects on performance of the services' perishability;

Using the methods, techniques and principles of service management in the specific
context of tourism services
8. Content
8.1 Course
1. Tertiary dimension of the contemporary economy
1.1. Place and role of services in the new economy
1.2. Content and interest area of the services
7.2.1 Service concept
7.2.2 Service classification
1.3.Specificities of the service management
2. Implications of the intangibility on the service management
2.1. Communication policy – way to counter the risks of the services'
intangibility
2.2. Price policy - way to counter the risks of the services' intangibility
Teaching methods
3. Implications of the simultaneity on the service management
3.1. Placement policy - way to counter the risks of the services'
simultaneity
3.1.1. Placement channels
3.1.2. Placement time
3.1.3. Material resources for services' placement
3.2. Human resources - way to counter the risks of the services'
simultaneity
Traditional and modern methods:
3.3. Customer relationship management - way to counter the risks of the expositive method and that the of
services' simultaneity
inter-active dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
4. Implications of the heterogeneity on the service management
4.1. Service quality - way to counter the risks of the services'
heterogeneity
4.2. Development and protection of trademark - way to counter the risks
of the services' heterogeneity
5. Implications of the perishability on the service management
5.1. Demand for services and service consumer behavior
5.2. Matching supply and demand on the service market
5.3. Marketing research methodology for services
6. Basic concepts in the management of tourism services
6.1. Conceptual approaches of tourism
6.2. Forms of tourism
6.3. Factors affecting tourism development
6.4. Measures of tourism activity
7. Management of tourism services
7.1. The intangibility of the tourism services
7.2. The simultaneity of the tourism services
7.3. The heterogeneity of the tourism services
7.4. The perishability of the tourism services
Bibliografy:
8. Jelev, V., Marketingul serviciilor, Ed. FRM, Bucureşti 2006
9. Pârvu, I., Managementul serviciilor, Ed. FRM, București 2012
10. Posea, C., Posea, I.V.M., Managementul serviciilor – note de curs, Ed. FRM, Bucureşti 2008
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
Teaching methods
1.
Description of the services, practice of Lovelock's multicriteria
classification and explaining its implications for service management.
2. Presentation of a model of service fees calculation and highlighting the
differences between it and the pricing of products
3. Presentation and description of the components and the use of an Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
informational program customer relationship management.
inter-active dialogue, demonstration,
4. Implementing quality management principles for service activities
explanation, etc.
5. Best practices in selecting a company trademark and service mark
protection legislation
6. Practice research models of supply and demand for services.
7. Highlight specific aspects of tourism management
Bibliografy:
8. Jelev, V., Marketingul serviciilor, Ed. FRM, Bucureşti 2006
9. Pârvu, I., Managementul serviciilor, Ed. FRM, București 2012
10. Posea, C., Posea, I.V.M., Managementul serviciilor – note de curs, Ed. FRM, Bucureşti 2008
Observations
2 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hourshr
2 hours
4 hours
4 hours
Observations
2 hours
2 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
9. Course's relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations and representative employers in fields
significant for the programme

Services Management develops graduates' skills to perform managerial processes in the context of service firms, given the specificities of this
type of company, in relation to the production companies. In the context of the current economy (a tertiary economy), skills gained as a result of having
119
taken the course Services Management, increase opportunities for graduates to quickly integrate into the labor market.
10. Assessment
Activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminary/laboratory
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
Knowledge of the characteristic
elements of services and their
implications on the management
process.
The ability to properly use specific
techniques and methods of service
management
Final checking – grid test and oral examination
Partial checking – grid test
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
20%
10.6 Minimal standard of performance

Define the characteristics of services in relation to material products

Knowledge of the implications of the intangibility on the service management ;

Knowledge of the implications of the simultaneity on the service management ;

Knowledge of the implications of the heterogeneity on the service management ;

Knowledge of the implications of the perishability on the service management ;
120
COURSE DESCRIPTION: INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
1.Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Undergraduate
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Programme / qualification
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
III
2.5 Semester
V
2.6 Evaluation type
E5
2.7 Discipline
CS/CS
Compulsory
Subject/
Complementary Subject
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
3.4 Number hours in the curriculum
56
3.2. of which course
hour:
3.5. of which course
hour:
2
3.3 of which seminar/lab hours:
2
28
3.6 of which seminar/lab hours:
28
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminar/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities, Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
70
3.9 Total hours per semester
130
3.10 Number of credits
6
hours
30
20
20
3
1
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)


4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)


5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminar
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
6. Specific acquired skills




Identification and description of economic efficiency indicators
Understanding and interpreting economic efficiency indicators
Apply techniques to update the main indicators of economic efficiency
Develop a feasibility study


Real-time settlement of a feasibility study, following the rules of professional ethics
Carry out feasibility study, assuming a responsible role-specific tasks in a multi specialist team
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
economic efficiency indicators,
- The concepts, the main indicators for assessing the economic efficiency indicators at different time
updating technique
- Habit of applying valuation techniques of investment projects and the optimal decision
8. Conţent
8.1 Course
Teaching methods
Observations
121
I The economic efficiency. Getting Started
1.1. Classification efforts and economic effects
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
4 hours
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
4 hours
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
4 hours
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
4 hours
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
4 hours
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Observations
2 hours
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
4 hours
1.2. Growth of economic efficiency
1.3. The impact of modernization and restructuring of the national
economy on economic efficiency
II indicators measure the effectiveness of economic activity
2.1. Classification of indicators
2.2. Basic indicators of economic efficiency
III Evaluation of economic efficiency in the features of the various
branches. indicators
IV The influence of the time factor on economic efficiency.
Updating technique
4 hours
4.1. Milestones of updating
4.2. Updating when investment decision
4.3. Upgrading to the start of the investments
4.4. Update at the time of launch of the new target
4.5. Upgrading to return loans to the start
4.6. Update shutdown when fixed capital
V. Making an investment. feasibility studies
5.1. Feasibility studies
5.2. The methodology of the International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development
5.3. Feasibility studies
VI.
Contribution
to
increasing
the
efficiency
of
business
management
VII. Efficiency of capital markets
4 hours
7.1. Link between securities analysis and the effectiveness of market
Bibliography
1. Grecu I., Eficienţă economică. Investiţii. Concepte teoretice, aplicaţii, teste de autoevaluare, Ed. ExPonto, Constanţa, 2007
2. Doval E., Managementul investiţiilor, Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti, 2006
3. Vasilescu I, Românu I., Cicea C., Investiţii, Editura Economică, Bucureşti, 2000
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
1. The concept of economic efficiency. Efforts and economic effects
2. Indicators to assess the economic efficiency of investments in the
entity
3. Evaluating the effectiveness of macroeconomic investment
4. Applications of basic indicators of economic efficiency.
5. Applications when updating investment decision
4 hours
2 hours
2 hours
122
6. Updating applications at the start of the investments
7. Updating applications when commissioning the new target
8. Applications for return upgrading to the start of loans received
9. Applications when updating the decommissioning of fixed capital
10. During the methodology B.I.R.D.
11. Company management efficiency
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
4 hours
Bibliography
1. Grecu I., Eficienţă economică. Investiţii. Concepte teoretice, aplicaţii, teste de autoevaluare, Ed. ExPonto, Constanţa, 2007
2. Doval E., Managementul investiţiilor, Editura Fundaţiei România de Mâine, Bucureşti, 2006
3. Vasilescu I, Românu I., Cicea C., Investiţii, Editura Economică, Bucureşti, 2000
9. Corroboration of subject content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme
Course content is consistent with what we study in other universities
The analysis of the opinions of employers on attributes specialists preferential formation resulted in a high appreciation of their professionalism, which
confirms that the structure and content of the educational curriculum designed for this study program is accurate, comprehensive and effective.
10. Evaluation
Activity
10.4 Cours
10.5 Seminar/lab
Activity
- Checking the degree of
systematization and use of concepts
learned
- Logical coherence and
argumentative force
- The degree of assimilation of
specialized terminology
- Interest in self-study
- Ability to implement in practice
- Ability to work with their
knowledge
Activity
Activity
80%
Final checking – grid test and oral examination
Partial checking – grid test
20%
10.6 Minimal performance standard
Knowing the main indicators of economic efficiency and ability to work with them.
Develop a feasibility study.
,
123
COURSE DESCRIPTION: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
1.Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Undergraduate
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Programme / qualification
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
III
2.5 Semester
V
2.6 Evaluation type
E5
2.7 Discipline
CS/CS
Compulsory
Subject/Complem
entary Subject
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
3.4 Number hours in the curriculum
56
3.2. of which course
hour:
3.5. of which course
hour:
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminar/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities, Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
70
3.9 Total hours per semester
130
3.10 Number of credits
6
2
3.3 of which seminar/lab hours:
2
28
3.6 of which seminar/lab hours:
28
hours
30
20
20
3
1
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)


4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)


5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminar
6. Specific acquired skills
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences




Identify concepts, methods and instruments for developing a human resources strategy and policy
Conduct studies forecasting, organization, coordination, training and monitoring-evaluation of human resources in
organizations
Establish an audit of human resources in organizations
Evaluation of a strategy for human resources and organizational
• Solving real time under conditions of nurses, a problem related to a labor dispute within an organization, subject to rules of professional
ethics
• Making staff performance evaluation, specific tasks responsibly assuming the role in a multi specialist team
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
The course "Human Resource Management" aims to:
- Presentation principal fund of knowledge that constitutes the content of human resource
management
- unified approach to the complex issues related to managers and human resource management
- treatment related issues through the needs and realities of organizations in Romania
own the concepts, principles and theories of human resource management
an ability to operate with principles and concepts related to human resources
management;
an ability to organize and staff gestionao activity in an organization;
124
an understanding of the importance of human resource management in organizations;
student awareness about the need to improve human resource management.
identifying and solving problems that arise in the teams in the organization.
8. Conţent
8.1 Course
1. Preliminary human resource management in business
1.1. Role and peculiarities of human resources within the organization
1.2. Defining human resource management
1.3. The main activities of human resource management
1.4. Stages of development of human resource management
2. Organization of human resources management
2.1. HR function
2.2. Organizing human resources activities
3. Strategic Human Resource Management
3.1. Content strategies in human resources
3.2. Types of strategies in human resources
3.3. Human resource policies
3.4. Human resource management forecast
4. Analysis and Design jobs
4.1. The main objectives of job analysis
4.2. Types of job analysis
4.3. Methods and techniques of job analysis
4.4. Design jobs
4.5. Design patterns stations
5. Recruitment, selection and hiring
5.1. Recruitment - core business process of personnel
5.2. Recruitment strategies and policies
5.3. External and internal factors of recruitment
5.4. HR Selection
6. Training and upgrading of human resources
6.1. Identify training needs of human resources
6.2. Methods and techniques of human resources training
6.3. Effects of training and their measurement
7. Motivating and rewarding staff
7.1 Theories of motivation
7.2. Reward Management - Conceptual Framework
7.3. Reward system components
7.4. Wage policy - part of the general policy of the organization
7.5. Major payroll systems
7.6. The items
8. Human performance evaluation
8.1. Performance appraisal - component of the system performance
management
8.2. The role and significance of performance evaluation
8.3. Formal and informal assessment performance evaluation
8.4. Performance evaluation stages
8.5. Recommendations on performance appraisal systems
9. HR career management
9.1. The concept of career
9.2. Career Management
9.3. Career Planning
9.4. Career Development
9.5. Effectiveness of career
10. Conflict management work
10.1. The nature of the conflict
10.2. Approaches to conflict
10.3. Types and causes of conflict
10.4. The conflict
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
Observations
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
3 hours
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
3 hours
2 hours
3 hours
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
2 hours
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
3 hours
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
2 hours
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
2 hours
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
12. Occupational health and safety management
12.1. General
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
12.2. Developments in health and safety concerns at work
demonstration, explanation, etc.
12.3. Occupational health and safety management
Bibliography
1. Grecu, I., Perfecţionarea managementului resurselor umane în firmă, Ed. ExPonto, Constanţa, 2011
2. Manolescu, A., Lefter, V., Deaconu, A., Managementul resurselor umane, Ed.Economică, 2007
3. Maria Gâf-Deac, Management resurselor umane, Ed. Fundaţia “Romania de mâine” Bucuresti 2004
4. Chişu A. V., Manualul specialistului în resurse umane, Casa de editură IRECSON, Bucureşti, 2002
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
Teaching methods
2 hours
11. The social dialogue
11.1. Institutional structures of social dialogue in the organization
11.2. Social dysfunctions and their resolution
Observations
125
1. Models developed in human resource management
2. The future of human resource management and ergonomics
3. HR function in some European countries
4. Development and implementation of human resources
5. Job descriptions and job specifications
6. Recruitment and selection of human resources in Europe
7. Integrating new employees
8. Coaching role in human resource development
9. Principles of managerial remuneration in light of
10.Probleme potential sources of errors and performance evaluation
process
11. European Career Management
12. Conflict management strategies
13. Social dialogue in Europe
14. National Policy for Safety and Health at Work and the
harmonization of national goals with the community
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
2 hours
2hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
Bibliography
1. Grecu, I., Perfecţionarea managementului resurselor umane în firmă, Ed. ExPonto, Constanţa, 2011
2. Manolescu, A., Lefter, V., Deaconu, A., Managementul resurselor umane, Ed.Economică, 2007
3. Maria Gâf-Deac, Management resurselor umane, Ed. Fundaţia “Romania de mâine” Bucuresti 2004
4. Chişu A. V., Manualul specialistului în resurse umane, Casa de editură IRECSON, Bucureşti, 2002
126
9. Corroboration of subject content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme
Course content is consistent with what we study in other universities
The analysis of the opinions of employers on attributes specialists preferential formation resulted in a high appreciation of their professionalism, which
confirms that the structure and content of the educational curriculum designed for this study program is accurate, comprehensive and effective.
10. Evaluation
Activity
10.4 Cours
10.5 Seminar/lab
Activity
- Checking the degree of
systematization and use of concepts
learned
- Logical coherence and
argumentative force
- The degree of assimilation of
specialized terminology
- Interest in self-study
- Ability to implement in practice
- Ability to work with their
knowledge
Activity
Activity
80%
Final checking – grid test and oral examination
Partial checking – grid test
20%
10.6 Minimal performance standard
Knowing the main indicators of economic efficiency and ability to work with them.
Develop a feasibility study.
Date of Dept approv
127
COURSE DESCRIPTION: STRATEGIC ANALYSIS OF COMPETITIVE ENVIRONMENT
1.Information about the programme
“Spiru Haret” University București
Financial Accounting Management Constanța
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanța
Management
Bachelor degree studies
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Programme /Qualification
2.Data about subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3. Titular of the seminars
2.4. Year of study
Strategic analysis of competitive environment
III
2.5 Semester
I
2.6 Evaluation
type
E5
2.7 Discipline
CS/CS
Compulsory
Subject/Complementary
Subject
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
56
Distribution of teaching/learning time Hours
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminar/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities, Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
69
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
of which: 3.2 course
of which: 3.5 course
2
28
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
2
8
hours
30
25
20
4
2
2
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum-related

Marketing, International Marketing
4.2 competence-related

Capacity to apply a strategic analysis pattern
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course

Class equipped with video projector and protection screen, computer and internet connexion
5.2. for the seminars

Class equipped with video projector and protection screen, computer and internet connexion
6. Competences acquired during/after the course
Assimilation of diagnosis methods and instruments, competition analysis and strategic positioning of the enterprise in its
environment, formulation of operational recommendations for development strategies creation in order to consolidate its position
and raise the viability of the activity of the enterprise;
Explanation, interpretation and correlation of factors that constitute the internal and external environment of the organization in their
dynamics, application of management methods, techniques and instruments to solve problems/issues well defined in dynamics;
Professional competences
Identification of theories, concepts, methods, instruments necessary to management processes in correlation with the environment of
the organization;
2.
4.
Critical-constructive evaluation of the use of monitoring methods and of the diagnosis of internal and external environment of the
organization;
5.
Formulation of analysis, diagnosis, audit works regarding organization functioning;
6.
Formulation of a diagnosis and of a SWOT analysis.
Transversal
competences
1.




Critical and auto critical analysis capacity;
Capacity to adapt to new situations, risk management;
Creativity and innovation capacity;
Development of work discipline, applied correctly and in time, of responsibility towards work and of team spirit.
3.
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences
7.1 Course goals
7.1.1. Presentation of a structured formulation regarding elaboration of the strategic diagnosis at
microeconomic level;
Highlight on the alternatives of the enterprise, instruments of achieving goals, ways to improve its
competitive capacity.
128
7.2 Course objectives
▪
Assimilation and understanding, explanation and interpretation
8. Assimilation of concepts, theories, specific to strategic analysis;
9. Assimilation of strategic analysis tools;
10. Assimilation of strategic analysis techniques;
11. Interpretation of employees' and managers' attitudes towards competitive strategies;
12. Explanation of interdisciplinary use.
7.2.2. Instrumental – applicative
13. Demonstration of diagnosis analysis;
14. Strategic analysis instruments;
7.2.3. Attitudinal
15. Development of competitive spirit;
16. Encouragement of moral behavior in partnerships;
17. Promotion of solving capabilities and entertaining partnerships.
7.2.4. Cognitive capabilities
18. development of student's capacity to understand marketing phenomena and factors that act in
the external environment of the organization;
19. student's understanding of the necessity to develop strategic analysis;
20. identification and solving opportunities and threats of national and international marketing
environment.
8. Content
8.1 Course
8.1.1. Strategic analysis and management of the
company in terms of competitive economy
8.1.2 Competitive environment of the company
8.1.3. Concepts and instruments of the strategic
analysis of the company
8.1.4. Strategic analysis of the outlet
8.1.5. Strategic analysis of the providers' market
8.1.6. Strategic analysis of competition
8.1.7. Strategic analysis of potential competitors and
substitution products
8.1.8 Progress strategic analysis
8.1.9. Strategic analysis of the influence of public
power
8.1.10 Strategic analysis of financial market and
fiscal taxation
8.1.11. International marketing strategies
Teaching methods
Rendering and conversational methods of oral
communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral
communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral
communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral
communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral
communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral
communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral
communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral
communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral
communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral
communication
Rendering and conversational methods of oral
communication
Observations
2 hours
2 hours
4 hours
4 hours
2 hours
2 hours
4 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
Bibliography
1. Burduş E. şi colectiv, Managementul schimbării organizaţionale, Ed. Economică, 2000
2. Doval, E., Analiza strategică a mediului concurențial, Editura Fundațieu România de Mâine, București, 2003
3. Grant, R.M., Contemporary Strategy Analysis, Blackwell, Oxfort, 1998
4. Mitran, P.C., Analiza strategică a mediului concurențial, Note de curs, 2012 (CD)
5. Pettigrew A., Whipp R., Understanding the Environment. In Managing Change, 2nd Edition, Mabey Ch., Mayon-White B, PCP and The Open
University, UK, 1993
6. Sander H., Kim K.S., Foster S.F., E-Namaki M.S.S., Economic and Corporate Restructuring, Lansa Publishing B.V., The Netherlands, 1996.
Change Management, curs, vol .1-10, The Open University Business School, UK, 1994, vol.7, p.14-16.
Teaching methods
Observations
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
1. Diagnosis analysis
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
8 hours
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
2. Strategic analysis of the external environment
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
2 hours
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
3. Strategic analysis of the competition
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
3 hours
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
4. Strategic analysis of the providers' market
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
3 hours
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
5. Strategic analysis of financial market and fiscal
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
4 hours
taxation
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
129
6. Typology of international marketing strategies
7. Strategic analysis of potential competitors and
substitution products
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
Methods of supervised or unsupervised learning:
independent and systematic observation, case of study,
methods based on direct and stimulating action:(exercises,
problems, practical works, games)
4 hours
4 hours
Bibliography
1.Cârstea, Gh. (coordinator), Deac, V., Popa, I., Podgoreanu, S., Strategic analysis of competitive environment, Economic Publishing House, Bucharest,
2002
2.Danciu, V., International Marketing, from traditional to global, Economic Publishing House, Bucharest, 2001
3.Doval, E. Strategic analysis of competitive environment, FRM Publishing House, Bucharest, 2004
9. Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in fields
significant for the program
9.Premises of collaboration with business environment are formulated
10. Evaluation
Activity
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
10.1 Course
Knowledge of basic concepts used
in strategic management, and
techniques used to analyze internal
and external environment of the
firm
Final checking – grid test and oral examination
10.2 Seminary/laboratory
Ability to develop, synthetic,
strategic analysis
Partial checking – grid test
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
20%
10.3 Minimal standard of performance
Familiarity with the instruments and patterns used in the strategic analysis of the company;
Familiarity with methods used in the external environment analysis;
Essay on practical application.
130
COURSE DESCRIPTION: COMPARED MANAGEMENT
1.Data about programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Undergraduate
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Programme / qualification
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
COMPARED MANAGEMENT
III
2.5 Semester
VI
2.6 Evaluation type
E
2.7
Discipline
CS/CS
Compulsory Subject
/Complementary
Subject
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
3.2. of which course
hour:
2
3.4 Number hours in the curriculum
48
3.5. of which course
hour:
24
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminar/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities, Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
75
3.9 Total hours per semester
130
3.10 Number of credits
6
3.3 of which
seminar/lab
hours:
3.6 of which
seminar/lab
hours:
2
24
hours
25
25
25
5
2
-
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related


-
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminar


- Identifying theoretical and methodological comparative management
- Development and implementation of decision-making in business studies from different countries
- Assessment of modern trends in the structural organization of firms from different countries
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
6. Specific acquired skills
• solve real-time problems of cultural differences in a transnational organization, following the rules of professional ethics
• Create a management works compared between two countries, assuming specific tasks responsibly role in a multi specialized team
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
The course "Compared Management" aims comparative study of the realities of different countries
and regions of the world, broadens horizons managers develop their potential assessment and
economic diversity reception and other internationally representing preconditions in the current
• Knowledge of theoretical and methodological elements of comparative management
• ability to make comparisons between management systems;
• understanding the importance of comparative management;
• identify cultural similarities and differences as well as similarities and differences between
the socio-political contexts
131
8. Content
8.1 Course
I. The concept of the comparade management
1.1. Need for international management
1.2. TRIAD - regional trade blocks
1.3. Multinational companies, international and global
1.4. Political and Economic Environment
1.5. transnational company
1.6. The concept of international management
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Observations
II. The influence of culture on management
2.1. The concept of culture
2.2. Basics of cultural differences and influence on management
2.3. Cultural particularities of developed countries
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
2 hours
III. Theoretical and methodological elements of the compared
management
3.1. Guidance (schools) in addressing comparative management
3.2. Management models compared
3.3. Methodology to develop comparative studies
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
2 hours
IV. U.S. management
4.1. Cultural background of American management
4.2. Socio-economic particularities of the context U.S.
4.3. Peculiarities of American management
V. Japanese Management
5.1. Cultural background of Japanese management
5.2. Peculiarities of Japanese business management
5.3. Training of managers in Japan
VI. European management
6.1. Cultural diversity in the European context
6.2. Rating socio-economic and political context of European
6.3. European management concept
6.4. Training of managers in European countries
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
2 hours
VII. Management features in other contexts
7.1. Management in Southeast Asia
7.2. Management in Thailand
7.3. Management in Singapore
7.4. Management in the Philippines
7.5. Management in Latin America
7.6. Management in African countries
7.7. Management in Australia
7.8. Management in China
Traditional and modern methods:
expositive method and that the of
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
explanation, etc.
4 hours
4 hours
2 hours
4 hours
Traditional and modern methods:
4 hours
VIII. Comparative approach to management
expositive method and that the of
8.1. Cultural similarities and differences between contexts
inter-activ dialogue, demonstration,
8.2. Similarities and differences between the socio-political contexts
explanation, etc.
8.3. Economic systems of the countries analyzed
Bibliography
1. Grecu Gh., Management comparat- Noţiuni teoretice. Grile de autoevaluare, Editura ExPonto, Constanţa, 2011
2. Burduş E., Management comparat internaţional, Editura Economică, 2006
3 Nicolescu O., Management comparat, Editura Economică, 2004
4 Ionescu Gh., Dimensiunile culturale ale managementului, Editura Economică, 2000
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
Teaching methods
Observations
1. Needs for the compared management. Multicultural approach to
Traditional and modern methods:
2 hours
management structures by G. Hofstede
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
2. Addressing differences by F. Trompenaars
Traditional and modern methods:
4 hours
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
3. Types and management studies comparing
Traditional and modern methods:
2 hours
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
132
4. U.S. Perspectives in Management
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods:
explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading,
translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain
storming, etc.
5. Prospects for Japanese companies
6. Management features in European countries
7. Comparative analysis of management systems
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
Bibliography
1. Grecu Gh., Management comparat- Noţiuni teoretice. Grile de autoevaluare, Editura ExPonto, Constanţa, 2011
2. Burduş E., Management comparat internaţional, Editura Economică, 2006
3 Nicolescu O., Management comparat, Editura Economică, 2004
4 Ionescu Gh., Dimensiunile culturale ale managementului, Editura Economică, 2000
9. Corroboration of subject content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme
Course content is consistent with what we study in other universities
The analysis of the opinions of employers on attributes specialists preferential formation resulted in a high appreciation of their professionalism, which
confirms that the structure and content of the educational curriculum designed for this study program is accurate, comprehensive and effective.
10. Evaluation
Activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/lab
Activity
- Checking the degree of
systematization and use of concepts
learned
- Logical coherence and
argumentative force
- The degree of assimilation of
specialized terminology
- Interest in self-study
- Ability to implement in practice
- Ability to work with their
knowledge
Activity
Activity
80%
Final checking – grid test and oral examination
Partial checking – grid test
20%
10.6 Minimal performance standard

Knowing the main features of management in different countries
,
133
COURSE DESCRIPTION: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION AND NEGOTIATION
1.Information about the program
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
"Spiru Haret" University Bucharest
Faculty of Accounting and Financial Management – Constanta
1.3.Department
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Bachelor Degree
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Programme / Qualification
Management
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
BUSINESS COMMUNICATION AND NEGOTIATION
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
III
2.5Semester
II
2.6 Evaluation type
E6
2.7Course
status
CS/SS
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities 125
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
of which: 3.2 course hours
2
3.4 Number of hours in the curriculum
56
of which: 3.5 course hours
28
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutorials
Examinations
Other activities ………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
62
3.9 Total hours per semester
125
3.10 Number of credits
5
3.3
seminar/labo
ratory hours
3.6
seminar/lab
oratory
hours
2
28
hours
30
7
25
5
2
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competences-related

Not applicable

Not applicable
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course

Classroom equipped with video projector and projection screen, computer and Internet
5.2. for the seminary/laboratory

connection
Classroom equipped with video projector and projection screen, computer and Internet
connection
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
6. Competences acquired during/after the course




Identifying and defining the concepts, theories, methods and instruments of international trade negotiations and negotiator
psychology
Explanation of negotiation strategies and tactics
Apply knowledge, methods, techniques and tools for preparing and conducting negotiations for the sale-purchase transaction
Presentation of a standard procedure for the manners and customs of the protocol to be adopted in international business
 Solving in real-time, under a qualified assistance, the problem of negotiating team composition, following the rules of
professional ethics
 Create a negotiation model, negotiation simulation and participation in the development of a mandate, assuming specific tasks
of the role in a specialized team
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
o Identifying and defining concepts and theories of international trade negotiations regarding of the
134
negotiator psychology for the correct application of negotiation strategies and tactics in preparing and
conducting the negotiation of a transaction, following standard procedures on the manners and customs of
the protocol to be adopted in international business
7.2 Course objectives
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Knowing and applying the rules of good hospitality in different situations
Knowledge of specific business conduct in various regions of the world
Initiating, developing, improving and applying of behavioral skills in various activities and official events
Acquiring of theoretical knowledge and training skills for organizing, planning and monitoring of the
negotiation and implementation of protocol usage
Presenting of the protocol and negotiation methods and of the situations in which they apply
Highlighting of the role and the importance of negotiation in the economic relations between companies
Acquiring, developing and applying principles and methods of work in a negotiation multidisciplinary
teams
substantiation of adaptive social behavior, productive of a constructive leadership life
Growing labor discipline, performed correctly and on time, responsibility towards work and team spirit
8. Content
8.1 Course
Teaching methods
I. Theoretical aspects of trade negotiations
1.1. Classification of international trade negotiations
1.2. International trade negotiations and commercial diplomacy
1.3. Principles of international trade negotiations
1.4. Objectives of international trade negotiations
1.5. Settlement of disputes arising from the conduct of trade policy instruments
of government and foreign commercial contracts
II. Negotiator psychology
2.1. Importance negotiator personality
2.2. Refine negotiator skills
2.3. Modeling individual temperament for training negotiator personality
2.4. Conflict between optimization of business interests and negotiator security
2.5. Thinking plan of the negotiator
2.6. Confrontation of the personalities in the negotiations process
III. Negotiations strategy and tactic
3.1. Negotiation strategies
3.1.1. Trade negotiations types of strategies depending on how are launched
and accepted offers and orders
3.1.2. Types of commercial strategies in terms of timing, manner and place of
action
3.2. Negotiation tactics
3.2.1. Offensive negotiation tactics
3.2.2. Defensive negotiation tactics
IV. Preparing and conducting negotiations of the sale-purchase transaction
4.1. Negotiating team
4.2. Preparation of documentary material
4.3. Establishing communication links
4.4.Developing negotiation model, simulating negotiations and participation in
the developing of the mandate
4.5. Conducting negotiations
4.6. Recommendations regarding negotiations team behavior
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is
done using modern teaching methods: elearning
platform,
Power-Point
presentations
4 hours
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is
done using modern teaching methods: elearning
platform,
Power-Point
presentations
2 hours
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is
done using modern teaching methods: elearning
platform,
Power-Point
presentations
4 hours
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is
done using modern teaching methods: elearning
platform,
Power-Point
presentations
4 hours
V. Auction negotiations
5.1. General aspects
5.2. Occasional sales (export) auctions
5.3. Purchase (import) auctions
VI. Manners in international business
6.1. Preparations prior to departure abroad
6.2. Knowing of the country language where you work or use an interpreter
6.3. Importance of appropriate behavior in international business
6.4. Giving gifts internationally
VII. Protocol usage for large formal dinners
7.1. Role of helping of the host to a large reception
7.2. Guest presentation before reception
7.3. Placing to a large-scale formal dinners
7.4. Prepare a formal dinner event with guests who keep speeches
VIII. Different types of parties
8.1. Parties which are included cocktails
8.2. Business tea
8.3. Parties organized by companies for employees
8.4. Parties given in honor of arts
Observations
51
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is
done using modern teaching methods: elearning
platform,
Power-Point
presentations
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is
done using modern teaching methods: elearning
platform,
Power-Point
presentations
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is
done using modern teaching methods: elearning
platform,
Power-Point
presentations
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is
done using modern teaching methods: elearning
platform,
Power-Point
4 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
135
IX. Protocol usages in moments of entertainment
9.1. Manners at restaurant
9.2. Invitation diplomacy
9.3. Speech to a party
9.4. Canceling a party
9.5. Alcohol and cigarettes at a party
X. The art of giving business gifts
10.1. Appropriate opportunities to give gifts
10.2. Selecting the gift and the manner to present it
10.3. Possibilities to send flowers
10.4. Greetings holidays - possibility to communicate your feelings of
friendship
10.5. Exchange of gifts among employees and employers
presentations
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is
done using modern teaching methods: elearning
platform,
Power-Point
presentations
Modern techniques such as active listening,
observing, asking questions, summarizing,
feedback. Presentation of the courses is
done using modern teaching methods: elearning
platform,
Power-Point
presentations
2 hours
2 hours
Bibliography
o
o
o
o
Izabella Gilda Grama – Negocieri şi uzanţe de protocol, Europolis Publishing House, Constanta, 2007
Izabella Gilda Grama – Negocieri şi uzanţe de protocol, „România de Mâine Foundation”, Publishing House, Bucharest, 2011
Gheorghe Pistol – Tehnica şi strategia negocierilor. Uzanţe de protocol, Universitara Publishing House, Bucharest, 2002
Gheorghe Pistol – Negocieri şi uzanţe de protocol, ‘’România de Mâine Foundation’’ Publishing House, Bucharest, 1999
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
Teaching methods
1. Principles and objectives of international trade
negotiations
2. Negotiator personality and temperament
3. Combining strategies and tactics in the negotiations
process
4. Negotiating of the of sale-purchase contract
5. Appropriate behavior according to the specific
place of negotiation of an international business
6. Protocol usages to large formal dinners and other
types of parties
7. The art of giving business gifts
Observat
ions
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading, translation, case study, stimulation, cooperation,
problem solving, brain storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading, translation, case study, stimulation, cooperation,
problem solving, brain storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading, translation, case study, stimulation, cooperation,
problem solving, brain storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading, translation, case study, stimulation, cooperation,
problem solving, brain storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading, translation, case study, stimulation, cooperation,
problem solving, brain storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading, translation, case study, stimulation, cooperation,
problem solving, brain storming, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation, exercise, conversation,
dialogue, pair work, reading, translation, case study, stimulation, cooperation,
problem solving, brain storming, etc.
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
4 hours
Bibliography

Izabella Gilda Grama – Negocieri şi uzanţe de protocol, Europolis Publishing House, Constanta, 2007

Izabella Gilda Grama – Negocieri şi uzanţe de protocol, „România de Mâine Foundation”, Publishing House Bucharest, 2011

Gheorghe Pistol – Tehnica şi strategia negocierilor. Uzanţe de protocol, Universitara Publishing House, Bucharest, 2002
 Gheorghe Pistol – Negocieri şi uzanţe de protocol, ‘’România de Mâine Foundation’’, Publishing House Bucharest, 1999
9. Course’s relevance to the epistemic community, professional associations, and representative employers in fields significant for the program

”Business communication and negotiation” course contents was designed to meet the needs of the labor market, respectively to meet the
expectations of potential employers - companies and institutions carrying out international business - providing students with the knowledge
necessary for conducting the negotiations as well as the appropriate behavior depending on the specific place of international business
negotiation
10. Assessment
Type of activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminary/laboratory
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
The
importance
of
negotiator
psychology in negotiation strategies
and tactics. Manners in international
business
Combining strategies and tactics in the
negotiations process and appropriate
behavior according to the specific
place of negotiation of an international
business.
10.2 Methods of evaluation
Final exam - multiple choice questions
and oral examination
Continuous assessment - multiple choice
questions
10.3 Percentage from final grade
80%
20%
10.6 Minimal performance standard
Assimilation and understanding of the negotiation strategies and tactics, the negotiator psychology, learning stages of negotiating the sale-purchase

contract as well as manners adopted in international business
136
COURSE DESCRIPTION: MANAGEMENT PROJECTS AND SIMULATIONS
1.Data about program
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field of study
1.5. Cycle of study
1.6. Study program / qualification
Spiru Haret University Bucharest
Financial Accounting Management Constanţa
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanţa
Management
Bachelor degree
Management
2.Data about the subject
2.1. Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3.Titular of the seminars
2.4. Year of study
MANAGEMENT PROJECTS AND SIMULATIONS
III
2.5Semester
II
2.6 Evaluation type
E6
2.7 Subject
status
DO
3. Total estimated time (hours per semester of didactic activities)
3.1 Number of hours per week
of which: 3.2 course
4
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
48
of which: 3.5 course
Distribution of time fund
Study on manual, course support, bibliography and notes
Additional research at the library, on specialised electronic platforms and on the field
Preparation of seminars/laboratories, themes, papers, portfolios, and essays
Tutorials
Examinations
Other activities ………
3.7 Total hours of individual study
99
3.9 Total hours per semester
150
3.10 Number of credits
6
2
24
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
2
24
hours
35
35
29
2
1
4. Precondition (where necessary)
4.1 of curriculum

4.2 of competences

Previous studied subjects: Projects Management, The methodology of scientific research in
management, Business Management
Knowing the management basic concepts
5. Conditions ( where necessary)
5.1. to develop the course
5.2. to develop the
seminar/laboratory
Classroom equipped with computer, video projector and proper software, printer
Classroom equipped with computer, video projector and proper software, printer
6. Specific acquired competences
competences
Professional




Transversal
competences




Knowing and understanding the basic methods and concepts in this field and specialized area, using them properly in a
professional communication;
Using the basic knowledge for explaining and interpreting some different types of concepts, situations, processes
related to the simulation of economic processes;
Using properly the evaluation specific methods and criteria for valuating the limits and quality of some processes,
projects, concepts, methods and theories.
Identifying the concepts and instruments necessary to make an effective managerial decision for the organization
Identifying the roles and responsibilities in a multi-specialized team and applying techniques of relations and effective
work within the team;
Being aware of follow up training, using effectively the learning techniques and resources for the personal and
professional development;
Becoming familiar with the roles and activities related to the teamwork and delegating the tasks to the subject levels;
Applying the principles, norms and values of the professional ethics within the personal strategy of strict and
responsible work.
7. Subject objectives (proceeding from the grid of specific acquired competences)
7.1 General objectives of the subject

7.2 Specific objectives




Projects and simulations management is designed to provide the future
economists with a series of models and techniques necessary to the managerial
actions at the microeconomic level;
Understanding and using the terms and concepts from the specialized literature.
Knowing and understanding the concepts, theories and basic methods in this
field and specialized area;
Understanding deeply the theoretical knowledge and making a connection
among the studied phenomena;
Applying the methods of modeling and economic simulation within the
economic practice;
137



Applying the basic methods and principles for improving the managerial
system.
Cultivating and promoting a scientific environment based on values, ethics and
social responsibility;
Creating a responsible and positive behavior.
8. Content
8.1 Course
1. Chapter I Introduction in the economic-mathematic modeling
1.1 Conditions of creating the economic-mathematic modeling
1.2 Methods of collecting and processing data used in modeling and
simulating economic processes
1.3 Quantity Approach in management
1.4 The process of switching from the real system to the simulation
model
1.5 Quantity Approach in management
1.6 The process of switching from the real system to the simulation
model
1.7 Concepts and classifications
1.8 Methodology of generating heuristic algorithms
Chapter II Forecast Techniques used in modeling economic processes
2.1 Strategic Planning in organization’s management
2.2
Forecast Methods used in enterprise administration
2.2.1 Quantity Forecast Methods
2.2.1.1 Extrapolation methods
2.2.1.2 Adjustment methods
2.2.1.3 Exponential leveling method (R. G. Brown)
2.2.1.4 Decomposed time series Method
2.3 Evaluating a forecast model
Chapter III Markov Processes
3.1 Characteristics of Markov chains
3.1.1 Discrete Markov chains
3.1.2 Continuous Markov chains
3.2 Analyzing the market evolution of some competitive products
3.3 Advantages and disadvantages of Markov chains
Chapter IV General Notions about the theory of probabilities
4.1 The Concept of probability
4.2 Conditioning and independence
4.3 Bayes’ theorem
4.4 Distributions of probability
4.4.1 Discrete distributions of probability
4.4.2 Binominal distribution or Bernoulli’s distribution
4.4.3 Poisson’s Distribution
Chapter V Theory of decision
5.1 Criteria of decision in terms of incertitude
5.2 Decisions in terms of risk
5.3. Decisions in terms of more criteria
5.4 Foundamenting and adopting decisions with the global utility method
5.4.1 Method of the maximum global utility
5.5 Classifying the decisional alternatives with the method of moments
Chapter VI Economic-mathematic models to use resources within an
enterprise
6.1 Bellman’s theorem of optimality
6.2 Models for stock management
6.2.1 ABC method applied to stock administration
6.2.2 The economic model of the ordered quantity
6.3 Analysis models of the critical path for the complex projects
6.3.1 The analysis of the critical path (TACP) – Critical Path Method
(CPM)
Chapter VII Models of simulation
7.1 Definitions, concepts and classifications in depicting simulation
7.2 Stages of the process of simulation
7.3 Advantages and disadvantages of simulation
7.4 Types of simulation
7.4.1 Simulating economic processes through games
7.4.2 Monte Carlo Simulation
7.4.3 Simulating continuous systems with Forrester techniques
7.5 Program packages WINQSB and QM
General Presentation and guidebook
Bibliography
Teaching methods
Participatory lecture, debate,
interactive exposition
Observations
4 hours
Participatory lecture, debate,
interactive exposition
4 hours
Participatory lecture, debate,
interactive exposition
3 hours
Participatory lecture, debate,
interactive exposition
2 hours
Participatory lecture, debate,
interactive exposition
3 hours
Participatory lecture, debate,
interactive exposition
4 hours
Participatory lecture, debate,
interactive exposition
4 hours
138
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Ciobănică, M., Economic Simulation and Modeling. Theory and practice, Europolis Publishing House, Constanţa, 2011.
Druica, E., Statistica pe intelesul tuturor, C.H.Beck Publishing House, Bucharest, 2011
Hîncu, D., Florescu, M., Modeling and simulating economic processes, Romania of Tomorrow Foundation Publishing House, Bucharest, 2006
Nicolescu, O., (coord.), Organization’s Modern systems and managerial techniques, Economic Publishing House, Bucharest, 2000
Raţiu-Suciu, C., Luban, F., Hîncu, D.,Ciocoiu, N., Economic Modeling, Second Edition, ASE Publishing House, Bucharest, 2009.
Raţiu-Suciu, C., Modeling and simulating economic processes. Theory and practice, Fourth Edition, Economic Publishing House, Bucharest,
2005
7. Raţiu-Suciu, C., Economic Simulation and Modeling. Breviary, Economic Publishing House, Bucharest, 2009.
8. Raţiu-Suciu, C., Luban, F., Hîncu , D., Applied Economic Modeling. Case Study. Tests, Economic Publishing House , Bucharest, 2002
8.2 Seminar/laboratory
Teaching methods
Observations
1. the concept of modeling and simulation
debate, interactive exposition
2
2. Applications specific to modeling and simulating economic
processes:
Extrapolation Method, Adjustment Methods, Exponential
4
levelling method (R. G. Brown)
2
Decomposed time series Method
2
Modeling the market evolution of some competitive products
debate, interactive exposition
4
with Markov chains
4
Decision Model in terms of incertitude
Model on adopting the decision of supply in terms of risk
2
Simulation Applications
4
Bibliography
1. Ciobănică, M., Economic Simulation and Modeling. Theory and practice, Europolis Publishing House, Constanţa, 2011.
2. Raţiu-Suciu, C., Luban, F., Hîncu, D.,Ciocoiu, N., Economic Modeling, Second Edition, ASE Publishing House, Bucharest, 2009.
3. Raţiu-Suciu, C., Modeling and simulating economic processes. Theory and practice, Fourth Edition, Economic Publishing House, Bucharest,
2005
4. Raţiu-Suciu, C., Economic Simulation and Modeling. Breviary, Economic Publishing House, Bucharest, 2009.
5. Raţiu-Suciu, C., Luban, F., Hîncu , D., Applied Economic Modeling. Case Study. Tests, Economic Publishing House , Bucharest, 2002
9. Corroboration of subject content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme

The subject topic is in accordance with the analytical program belonging to other universities and provides the students with assimilating the
managers’ roles for fulfilling the organization’s functions, for reaching the established objectives and creating an overall perspective upon the
economic-social entities and this fact enables the future candidates to understand deeply the notions and concepts specific to management.
10. Evaluation
Type of activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/laboratory
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
Correctness and wholeness of
knowledge, logical coherence of the
specialized language
Correctness and wholeness of
knowledge
10.2 Methods of evaluation
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
Final Evaluation - grid and oral exam
80%
Checking continuously - grid exam
20%
10.6 Minimal standard of performance

Knowing the crucial theoretical notions, the management processes, the sum of laws, principles, theories, instruments

The possibility of putting the theoretical knowledge into practice
,
,
139
1.Information about the
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Program/Qualification
COURSE DESCRIPTION: MANAGEMENT OF QUALITY
program
“Spiru Haret” University București
Financial Accounting Management Constanța
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanța
Economics
Bachelor degree studies
Management
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2.Titular of the course
2.3. Titular of the seminars
2.4. Year of study
Management of Quality
Univ. lecturer Mitran Paula Cornelia Phd
Univ. lecturer Mitran Paula Cornelia Phd
2.5 Semester
II
2.6 Evaluation type
II
E4
2.7 Discipline
CS/CS
Compulsory
Subject/Complemen
tary Subject
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
4
of which: 3.2 course
3.4 Total hours of the curricula
33
of which: 3.5 course
Distribution of teaching/learning time Hours
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminar/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities, Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
67
3.9 Total hours per semester
100
3.10 Number of credits
4
2
22
3.3 seminar/laboratory
3.6 seminar/laboratory
1
11
hours
20
20
20
3
2
2
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)
4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related


Statistics, Sociology, Informatics, Trade basis
Capability to do a market research
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)
5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminars


Class equipped with video projector and protection screen, computer and internet connexion
Class equipped with video projector and protection screen, computer and internet connexion
Transversal
competences
Professional competences
6. Competences acquired during/after the course

Definition of concepts like: quality, total quality, quality of total management, diagnosis and quality planning, expenses and quality
assurance, techniques and instruments of quality management;

Assimilation of work methods from different systems, complying with the demands imposed by the referentials: understanding and
comparison of theoretic variation proposed by different systems and understanding and description of particularities within more
systems;

Use of work methods in accordance with implementation steps of management system of quality and techniques and instruments of
quality management in different types of organizations;

Audit of quality in different activity areas;

Elaboration and administration of the documentation of quality management system and implementation of quality management
system.




Efficient, professional communication, using specialty notions;
Capacity to work in a team and coordinate it;
Exercise of capabilities through documentation, analysis, synthesis and formulation and presentation of scientific essays;
Ability to use time efficiently.
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
The class aims the assimilation of the main issues, of theoretical concepts and practical solutions related
t the management of total quality:
20.2.2 Assimilation of fundamental notions related to products and services quality, of fundamental
elements related to total quality management (TQM) and systems of quality management.
20.2.3 Comprehension and rapid and efficient integration of graduated students in the systems of
quality management (based on ISO standards 9000:2000 or other types of systems)of organizations
140
7.2 Course objectives
where they will work.
20.2.4 At the end of the class, students will be prepared: - to plan the creation of a System of Quality
Management (SQM); - to design a SQM; - to maintain and continuously improve a SQM; - to use
instruments and methods of quality management; - to prepare a SQM for certification.
7.2.1.Assimilation and understanding, explanation and interpretation
Assimilation of concepts, theories, patterns, principles specific to quality management;
Adoption of a positive and favorable attitude towards the phenomena of quality improvement of
Romanian products and services in conditions of profound organizational transformations
from every present organization;
Explanation of interdisciplinary use.
▪
Instrumental-applicative:
8. Use of work methods in accordance with the implementation steps of the quality
management system;
9. Design for the implementation of quality management systems in organizations;
10. Quality audit in organization;
11. Elaboration and administration of documentation of quality management system in the
organization;
▪ Attitudinal:
8. Development of constructive attitudes in various organizational contexts;
9. Encouragement of moral behaviors in partnerships;
10. Promotion of solving capabilities and of entertaining partnerships.
▪ Cognitive capabilities
4. Assimilation of work methods from different systems, complying with demands imposed by
the referentials;
5. Understanding and comparison of theoretic variation proposed by different systems;
6.
Understanding and description of particularities within more systems.
8. Content
8.1 Course
8.1.1. Quality of products and services in the current economy
8.1.2. Theoretical basis of quality management
8.1.3. Coordinates of quality policy
8.1.4. Total quality management
8.1.5. Quality planning
8.1.6. Organization of activities referring to quality
8.1.7. Providing quality in accordance to international standards ISO 9000
8.1.8. Expenses related to quality
8.1.9. Audit of quality
8.1.10. Techniques and instruments of quality management
Teaching methods
Rendering and conversational
methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational
methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational
methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational
methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational
methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational
methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational
methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational
methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational
methods of oral communication
Rendering and conversational
methods of oral communication
Observations
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
4 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
Bibliography
1. Juran, J.M., Planificarea calității, Editura Teora, București, 2000
2. Olaru M., Managementul calităţii, Editura Economică, Bucureşti, 1999
3. Olaru, M., Isaic-Maniu, Al., Lefter, V., Pop, N., Popescu, S., Drăgulănescu, N. Roncea, L., Roncea, C., Tehnici şi instrumente utilizate în
managementul calităţii, Editura Economică, Bucureşti, 2000, Constanţa, 2007.
4. Oprean, Ctin.,Kifor, C.V., Suciu, O., Managementul integrat al calității, Sibiu, Editura Universității Lucian Blaga din Sibiu, 2005
5.
Paraschivescu, O.P., Managementul calității, Ediția a -II-a revizuită și adăugită, Editura Tehnopress, București, 2008
6. Pop, C., Managementul calității, Editura Alfa, București, 2007
Stanciu, A.C., Condrea, E., Managementul calității, Editura IFCON Constanța, 2008
Teaching methods
Observations
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
8.2.1. Handouts for data registration concerning quality
Rendering and conversational
1 hour
methods of oral communication
8.2.2. Correlation diagram
Rendering and conversational
1 hour
methods of oral communication
8.2.3. Pareto Diagram
Rendering and conversational
1 hour
methods of oral communication
8.2.4. Quality Function Deployment
Rendering and conversational
2 hour
methods of oral communication
8.2.5. Cause-effect diagram
Rendering and conversational
1hour
methods of oral communication
8.2.6. Modern techniques and instruments of quality management
Rendering and conversational
1 hour
methods of oral communication
8.2.7. Analysis of failure modes and their effects (FMEA)
Rendering and conversational
2 hours
methods of oral communication
141
8.2.8. Quality management structure
Bibliography
1. Family of ISO 9000 Standards, SRN
Practical applications
2 hours
9. Corroboration of subject content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme
 Premises of collaboration with CP (Consumers' Protection) are formulated
10. Evaluation
Type of activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminary/laboratory
10.1 Criteria of evaluation
10.2 Methods of evaluation
Knowledge of basic concepts used
in quality management principles of
this discipline, specific methods and
provisions contained in ISO 9000
Ability to develop working
procedures specific quality
management
Final checking – grid test and oral examination
10.3 Percentage from
final grade
80%
Partial checking – grid test
20%
10.6 Minimal standard of performance
1.Identification of basic concepts and checking their assimilation through tests;
2. Test, 40 questions from which at least 20 with correct answers;
3. Formulation of a paper(essay) about one of the themes proposed for research and spread among students at the beginning of the semester;
Participation at a study case debate.
142
COURSE DESCRIPTION: ECOTECHNOLOGIES
1.Information about the programme
“Spiru Haret” University Bucharest
Accounting and Financial Management Constanta
Management, Accounting and Finance Constanta
Management
Undergraduate
Management
1.1. Higher education institution
1.2.Faculty
1.3.Department
1.4. Field
1.5. Study cycle
1.6. Programme / qualification
2. Information concerning the course subject
2.1.Name of subject
2.2. Course organizer
2.3. Seminar organizer
2.4. Year of study
ECOTECHNOLOGIES
III
2.5 Semester
V
2.6 Evaluation type
Cv5
2.7 Discipline
CS/CS
Compulsory
Subject/
Complementary Subject
3. Estimated Time (hours per semester) of teaching/learning activities
3.1 Number of hours per week
2
3.4 Number hours in the curriculum
28
3.2. of which course
hour:
3.5. of which course
hour:
1
3.3 of which seminar/lab hours:
1
14
3.6 of which seminar/lab hours:
14
Distribution of teaching/learning time
Study of textbooks, syllabus, bibliography and course notes
Further study in library, on electronic platforms, fieldwork
Preparation of seminar/labs, home assignments, papers, portfolio, essays
Tutoring
Examinations
Other activities, Group project
3.7 Total hours of individual study
9
3.9 Total hours per semester
28
3.10 Number of credits
3
Hours
11
11
11
3
2
4. Prerequisites (where relevant)


4.1 curriculum-related
4.2 competence-related
5. Facilities and equipment (where relevant)


5.1. for the course
5.2. for the seminar
Transversal
competences
Professional
competences
6. Specific acquired skills
–
Knowledge and understanding of the impact of socio-economic activities on the environment
–
Knowledge and implementation of environmental protection measures and implications of technological, economic and social
- Ability to collect technical and environmental performance of environmental technologies
Training skills necessary multidisciplinary cooperation, communication and partnership building relationships based on applying knowledge
learned and develop transdisciplinary scientific reasoning
7. Course objectives (as resulting from the matrix of specific competences)
7.1 Course goals
7.2 Course objectives
The discipline ensures acquisition of scientific knowledge on the relationship between the natural
environment and business processes to adapt to micro and macroeconomic decisions on the creation
of a "clean" economy
The course content is able to provoke a reconsideration of economic activity to the natural
environment, including its decision.
8. Conţent
8.1 Course
1. General problems of environmental pollution
I.1. Sources of pollution
I.2. Air pollution
I.3. Water pollution
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
Observations
2 hours
143
I.4. Degradation and soil
I.5. Radiation pollution
I.6. Noise
I.7.Thermal pollution
I.8. Urban pollution
II. Environmental components
II.1. Protection of water resources
II.2. protection of the atmosphere
II.3. Soil protection
II.4. Vibration and noise monitoring and control
II.5. Control of environmental radioactivity
II.6. Waste flow control
III. Organization, functioning and powers of bodies on
environmental protection
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
2 hours
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
demonstration, explanation, etc.
2 hours
IV. Environmental policies
IV.1. Environmental management policy
implementation
IV.2. Cost-benefit analysis (CBA)
IV.3. Cost efficiency analysis (REA)
IV.4. Descriptors of environmental benefits
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
V. Environmental Strategies
V.1. Environmental Management
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
V.2. Environmental monitoring system
demonstration, explanation, etc.
V.3. Natural heritage
V.4. Environmental benefits and externalities
V.5. Global strategy for nature conservation
V.6. Waste management strategy
V.7. Water management strategies
V.8. Environmental compliance
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
VI.The disaster risk assessment and management
VI.1. Scheme hazard identification framework for risk assessment in a
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
VI.2. Identification and analysis of major accident risk
demonstration, explanation, etc.
VI.3. Environmental emergencies
VI.4. Mode of action for environmental emergencies
Traditional and modern methods: expositive
VII. Environmental impact assessment
VII.1. Selection
method and that the of inter-activ dialogue,
VII.2. Scoping
demonstration, explanation, etc.
Bibliography
1. I. Grecu, Economia protecţiei mediului, Ed. ExPonto, Constanţa, 2007;
2 I. Grecu, Economia şi managementul mediului, Ed. Europolis, Constanţa, 2003;
3. Valer Teusdea, Protecţia mediului, Ed. Fundaţia “Romania de mâine” Bucuresti 2000
4. Rojanschi V., Bran F., Politici şi strategii de mediu, Ed. Economică, Bucureşti, 2004
8.2 Seminary/laboratory
Teaching methods
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
1. Quality indicators covered.
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
2. Indicators for assessing biodiversity
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
3. Process management technologies in relation with
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
4. Industrial risk analysis and environmental emergencies
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
5. Methodologies for promoting environmental engineering projects
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
6. Preparing the environmental
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
7. Integrated assessment of socio-economic impact of environmental
Traditional and modern methods: explanation,
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
Observations
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
2 hours
144
exercise, conversation, dialogue, pair work,
reading, translation, case study, stimulation,
cooperation, problem solving, brain storming,
etc.
Bibliography
1. I. Grecu, Economia protecţiei mediului, Ed. ExPonto, Constanţa, 2007;
2 I. Grecu, Economia şi managementul mediului, Ed. Europolis, Constanţa, 2003;
3. Valer Teusdea, Protecţia mediului, Ed. Fundaţia “Romania de mâine” Bucuresti 2000
4. Rojanschi V., Bran F., Politici şi strategii de mediu, Ed. Economică, Bucureşti, 2004
9. Corroboration of subject content with the expectations of the epistemic community representatives, professional
associations and employers representative for the programme
The course content is consistent with what is done in other universities.
The analysis of the opinions of employers on attributes specialists preferential formation resulted in a high appreciation of their professionalism, which
confirms that the structure and content of the educational curriculum designed for this study program is accurate, comprehensive and effective.
10. Evaluation
Activity
10.4 Course
10.5 Seminar/lab
Activity
- Checking the degree of
systematization and use of concepts
learned
- Logical coherence and
argumentative force
- The degree of assimilation of
specialized terminology
- Interest in self-study
- Ability to implement in practice
- Ability to work with their
knowledge
Activity
Activity
80%
Final checking – grid test and oral examination
Partial checking – grid test
20%
10.6 Minimal performance standard
Knowing the importance of optimal exploitation of natural reurselor correlated with regularities underlying ensure an unpolluted environment.
145